Skip to main content

Full text of "The families and genera of Marsupialia"

See other formats


FIELDIANA 
Geology 

Publistied  by  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 


New  Series,  No.  8 

THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA 
LARRY  G.MARSHALL 


July  20,  1981 
Publication  1320 


•.981 
FIELD  m^cim  UBRARY 


THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA 


FIELDIANA 
Geology 

Published  by  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 


New  Series,  No.  8 


THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA 


LARRY  G.MARSHALL 


Assistant  Curator  of  Fossil  Mammals 

DqMirtment  of  Geology 

Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 


Accepted  for  publication  August  6,  1979 
July  20,  1981 
Publication  1320 


Library  of  Congress  Catalog  No.:  81-65225 

ISSN  0096-2651 

PRINTED  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 


CONTENTS 

Part  A 1 

i^4troduc^on 1 

Review  of  History  and  Development  of  Marsupial  Systematics 1 

Part  B 19 

Detailed  Classification  of  Families  and  Genera  of  Marsupialia  19 

I.  New  World  and  European  Marsupialia 19 

Fam.  Didelphidae  19 

Subfam.  Dideiphinae  19 

Subfam.  Caluromyinae 21 

*Subfam.  Glasbiinae 21 

*Subfam.  Caroloameghiniinae  21 

•Fam.  Sparassocynidae 21 

•Fam.  Pediomyidae 21 

Fam.  Microbiotheriidae 21 

•Fam.  Stagodonddae 22 

•Fam.  Borhyaenidae 22 

•Subfam.  Hathlyacyninae  22 

•Subfam.  Borhyaeninae 23 

•Subfam.  Prothylacyninae 23 

•Subfam.  Proborhyaeninae 23 

•Fam.  Thylacosmilidae 23 

•Fam.  Argyrolagidae 24 

Fam.  Caenolesddae 24 

Subfam.  Caenolestinae 24 

Tribe  Caenolestini  24 

•Tribe  Pichipilini   24 

•Subfam.  Palaeothentinae 24 

•Subfam.  Abderitinae 25 

•Tribe  Parabderitini 25 

•Tribe  Abderitini  25 

•Fam.  Polydolopidae 25 

•Fam.  Groeberiidae 25 

Marsupialia  incertae  sedis 25 

Marsupialia(?) 25 

II.  Australasian  Marsupialia 26 

Fam.  Dasyuridae 26 

Subfam.  Dasyurinae 26 

Tribe  Dasyurini 26 

Tribe  Sarcophilini 26 

Fam.  Myrmecobiidae 27 

•Fam.  Thylacinidae 27 

Fam.  Peramelidae  27 

Fam.  Thylacomyidae 27 

Fam.  Notoryctidae 27 

Fam.  Phalangeridae 27 

Subfam.  Phalangerinae 27 

Subfam.  Trichosurinae 28 

•Fam.  Ektopodontidae 28 

Fam.  Petauridae 28 

Subfam.  Petaurinae 28 


CONTENTS 


Subfam.  Pseudocheirinae 28 

Subfam.  Dactylopsilinae 28 

Fam.  Burramyidae 28 

Fam.  Macropodidae 29 

Subfam.  Macropodinae  29 

Tribe  Macropodini 29 

*Tribe  Sthenurini 30 

Subfam.  Potoroinae 30 

Tribe  Hypsiprymnodontini 30 

Tribe  Potoroini 30 

Fam.  Tarsipedidae 30 

Fam.  Vombatidae 30 

*Fam.  Diprotodontidae 31 

*Subfam.  Diprotodontinae 31 

*Subfam.  Nototheriinae    31 

*Subfam.  Zygomaturinae 31 

*Fam.  Diprotodontidae  incertae  sedis   31 

*Fam.  Palorchestidae 31 

*Fam.  Thylacoleonidae 31 

Fam.  Phascolarctidae 31 

*Fam.  Wynyardiidae 32 

Notes  for  Part  B 32 

Literature  Cited 35 

Index  to  Technical  Names 58 

Index  to  Vernacular  Names   64 


PART  A 
INTRODUCTION 

The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  twofold.  First,  it  briefly  reviews  the  history  and 
development  of  marsupial  systematics  from  the  time  of  discovery  of  the  various 
living  and  fossil  groups  to  the  present.  It  is  demonstrated  that  although  the 
taxonomy  is  relatively  stable  at  the  family  and  generic  levels,  above  the  family 
level  it  is  debated  and  is  in  a  state  of  flux.  Second,  it  presents  a  complete  list  of 
currently  recognized  families  and  genera  along  with  synonymies,  complete  liter- 
ature citations,  and  known  geologic  and  geographic  occurrences.  This  is  the  first 
attempt  since  Simpson  (1945)  to  synthesize  knowledge  of  these  data,  and  it  is  the 
first  attempt  in  this  century  to  provide  in  one  place  complete  literature  citations 
for  authorship  of  these  names.  It  is  hoped  that  this  compilation  will  facilitate  and 
expedite  further  work  on  these  animals  and  that  it  will  serve  as  a  stepping  stone 
for  phylogenetic  studies  dealing  with  the  relationships  of  Marsupialia. 

The  information  presented  here  is  drawn  solely  from  a  review  of  the  literature, 
and  except  for  recognition  of  several  new  suprageneric  ranks  I  make  no  claim  to 
originality  in  any  part  of  the  subject  content.  I  have  not  seen  all  of  the  older 
papers  cited  and  in  many  cases  have  drawn  their  information  content  from 
appropriately  credited  secondary  sources.  The  most  important  of  these  include: 
(1)  general  coverage  of  (mostly  or  entirely)  living  species — Fletcher  (1885), 
Thomas  (1888),  Lydekker  (1894),  Cabrera  (1919),  Hofer  (1952),  Grasse  (1955), 
Haltenorth  (1958),  Sharman  (1973,  1974),  Tyndale-Biscoe  (1973),  Hunsaker 
(1977),  and  Stonehouse  &  Gilmore  (1977);  (2)  updated  taxonomic  lists  of  living 
species — Collins  (1973)  and  Kirsch  &  Calaby  (1977);  (3)  general  coverage  of  fossil 
forms— Lydekker  (1887),  Simpson  (1930),  and  Piveteau  (1%1);  (4)  living  South 
American  species— Cabrera  (1957),  Cabrera  &  Yepes  (1960),  Yepes  (1972),  and 
Reig  et  al.  (1977,  In  prep.);  (5)  fossil  South  American  species — Simpson  (1939, 
1971)  and  Clemens  &  Marshall  (1976);  (6)  living  Australian  and/or  Australasian 
species— Lesouef  et  al.  (1926),  Marlow  (1%2),  Laurie  &  Hill  (1954),  Frith  & 
Calaby  (1%9),  Hope  (1974),  Ride  (1970),  Ziegler  &  Lidicker  (1968),  and  Ziegler 
(1977);  (7)  fossil  Australasian  taxa— Ride  (1964a,  b),  Mahoney  &  Ride  (1975),  and 
Archer  &  Bartholomai  (1978). 

I  wish  to  thank  M.  Archer,  J.  A.  W.  Kirsch,  M.  C.  McKenna,  R.  H.  Pine,  and 
W.  D.  Tumbull  for  reviewing  the  manuscript  and  R.  H.  Tedford  for  much  help 
on  Australasian  taxa.  Publication  was  made  possible  by  NSF  grant  DEB-7901976. 

REVIEW  OF  HISTORY  AND  DEVELOPMENT 
OF  MARSUPIAL  SYSTEMATICS 

The  first  European  to  hold  a  marsupial  was  the  Spanish  explorer  Vicente 
Yafiez  Pinzon.  In  January  of  1500,  Pinzon  landed  on  the  coast  of  what  is  now 
Brazil  where  he  acquired  a  female  opossum  with  pouch  young.  Upon  returning 


2  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

to  Spain,  Pinzon  presented  the  "incredible  mother"  at  the  court  of  King  Fer- 
dinand and  Queen  Isabella.  It  is  reported  that  both  Ferdinand  and  Isabella 
"placed  their  royal  fingers  in  the  pouch  and  marvelled  [at]  so  strange  a  contri- 
vance of  Nature"  (Hartman,  1952,  p.  1).  This,  the  first  marsupial  to  be  seen  in 
Europe,  was  described  by  Trevigliano  (1504)  but  was  not  provided  with  a  name. 

In  1557  Hans  Stade  published,  under  the  name  Servoy,  an  account  of  an 
opossum  that  he  observed  in  Brazil.  Later,  Sebastian  Miinster  (1550)  and  Konrad 
Gesner  (1551)  mentioned  an  opossum  under  the  name  sima  vulpina  {=simivulpa), 
the  monkey-fox  or  fox-ape,  and  Su.  Miinster's  illustration  of  the  simavulpa  was 
evidently  derived  from  figures  appearing  in  various  editions  of  Ptolemy's  Geog- 
raphy (1522  onward)  and  from  other  early  maps  of  South  America  all  traceable  to 
Waldseemiiller's  world  map  of  1516  where  the  same  figures  occur.  The  figure  is 
accompanied  by  virtually  the  same  legend  as  occurs  in  the  Tabula  Terre  nove  of 
Ptolemy,  1522  (Eastman,  1915,  p.  589).  Thevet  (1557),  who  visited  Brazil,  pub- 
lished, under  the  name  Su,  a  grotesque  caricature  of  the  opossum,  which  was 
later  reproduced  by  Edward  Topsell,  J.  E.  Nieremberg,  and  John  Jonston.  Sub- 
sequently, New  World  opossums  were  described  under  a  number  of  names  by 
various  early  Spanish  travellers  and  explorers,  including  Hernandez  and  others 
(for  listing  see  Ray,  1693;  Linnaeus,  1758;  and  Eastman,  1915). 

Captain  John  Smith  (1612)  wrote  the  first  description  of  the  Virginia  opossum 
and  bestowed  upon  it  the  name  opossum: 

An  Opossum  hath  an  head  like  a  Swine,  and  a  taile  like  a  Rat,  and  is  of  the  bignesse  of 
a  Cat.  Under  her  belly  shee  hath  a  bagge,  wherein  shee  lodgeth,  carrieth,  and 
suckleth  her  young. 

The  names  possum,  pasum,  apasum,  possoume,  and  others  (see  Hartman,  1952, 
p.  32)  were  variants  in  Algonquian  Indian  dialects  and  were  used  by  the  early 
settlers  in  Virginia.  The  various  Indian  words  were  preceded  by  a  grunt,  and  we 
have  been  plagued  with  the  Irish-sounding  appellation  opossum  ever  since 
{}bid.). 

In  1640  the  Dutch  traveler  Marcgrave  gave  a  detailed  description  of  the 
Carigueija  brasiliensibus.  He  emphasized  the  extrauterine  mode  of  development  of 
the  young  in  the  pouch  or  marsupium,  ^  which  he  mistook  for  an  exterior  womb  or 
uterus.  About  60  years  later  Tyson  (1698)  provided  the  first  accurate  description 
of  the  anatomy  of  a  marsupial.  In  this  work  on  the  female  Virginia  opossum, 
Tyson  recognized  the  double  uteri  and  vaginae  (Gregory,  1910). 

Linnaeus  (1758),  however,  took  little  notice  of  Tyson's  work  when  he  com- 
piled his  Systema  Naturae,  for  he  followed  Marcgrave  and  coined  the  name  Didel- 
phis  (see  note  79)  in  reference  to  the  supposed  occurrence  of  two  uteri,  one 
internal  and  the  other  (i.e.,  the  pouch)  external.  Linnaeus  placed  Didelphis,  the 
only  marsupial  genus  recognized  at  that  time,  in  the  order  Bestiae,  along  with 
pigs,  hedgehogs,  and  shrews  because  of  their  common  possession  of  sharp  teeth 
(Gregory,  1910). 

In  1629  the  Dutch  ship  Batavia,  captained  by  Francois  Pelsaert,  wrecked  on  the 
Houtman's  Abrolhos  Islands  off  the  west  coast  of  Australia.  There  Pelsaert  en- 
countered and  later  described  (1630)  another  animal  with  a  pouch  and  tiny 
offspring  contained  therein.  This  was  the  first  account  of  an  Australian  marsu- 


'The  name  marsupial  ultimately  derives  from  marsupium  Lat.  for  pouch. 


MARSHALL:  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  3 

pial,  the  Dama  or  Tammar  wallaby — Thylogale  eugenii  Desmarest,  1817,  a 
member  of  the  kangaroo  family  (Trough ton,  1957). 

Pelsaert  clearly  described  the  marsupial  character  of  his  strange  new  beast,  but 
he  left  no  hint  of  acquaintance  with  earlier  descriptions  of  opossums,  about 
which  an  extensive  literature  had  accumulated.  Although  Pelsaert's  description 
covered  the  general  features  and  habits  of  the  Tammar  wallaby  surprisingly 
well,  it  is  evident  from  the  early  use  of  such  names  as  civet-cat,  raccoon,  and 
jerb>oa  that  observers  were  misled  by  the  superficial  resemblance  of  Australasian 
marsupials  to  the  more  familiar  placental  mammals  (Trough ton,  1957). 

The  next  record  of  an  Australian  marsupial  was  apparently  contained  in  the 
brief  account  published  in  1658  by  another  Dutchman,  Samuel  Volckerson  in 
which  he  referred  to  Rottnest  Island  and  "two  seals  and  a  wild  cat,  resembling  a 
civet-cat,  but  with  browner  hair."  The  latter  reference  is  to  the  short- tailed 
wallaby,  Setonix  brachyurus,  which  was  not  given  a  scientific  name  until  the 
French  naturalist  Lesson  named  a  mainland  specimen  in  1842  (Troughton,  1957). 

Meanwhile,  specimens  from  Dutch  trading  posts  began  to  reach  Europe.  Bris- 
son  (1762),  who  studied  some  of  these  specimens,  recognized  their  kinship  to 
New  World  opossums,  and  named  the  New  Guinea  cuscus  Didelphis  orientalis. 
Three  years  later  Buffon  (1765)  called  attention  to  the  syndactylous  condition  of 
digits  two  and  three  in  the  hind  foot  of  this  animal — "parce  qu'il  a  les  phalanges 
singulierement  conformees.  .  .  ."In  reference  to  this  structure  he  called  the 
animal  Phalanger,  although  the  generic  name  Phalanger  technically  dates  from 
Storr  (1780)  (Gregory,  1910;  Troughton,  1957). 

The  pouched  animals  of  Australasia  were  comfortably  classified  vsdth  the 
American  opossums  until  the  return  of  Captain  James  Cook's  first  voyage  in 
1771.  The  naturalist  on  this  expedihon.  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  had  been  diligent  in 
collecting  animals  along  the  east  coast  of  Australia.  He  brought  back  to  England 
the  first  specimens  of  wombats,  dasyures,  and  kangaroos.  Recognizing  the  re- 
lationship of  certain  Australian  marsupials  to  the  American  opossums.  Banks 
(18%)  dubbed  the  ring-tails  Possums^  (Troughton,  1957). 

Misled  by  the  convergence  of  marsupials  with  various  placentals  (e.g.,  kan- 
garoos and  wombats  to  rodents),  the  18th  century  naturalists  did  not  recognize 
the  unity  of  the  Marsupialia.  Erxleben  (1777),  for  example,  first  described  a 
species  of  kangaroo  and  believed  it  a  gigantic  relative  of  the  ricochetal  rodents 
called  jerboas  and  named  it  Jaculus  giganteus.  Geoffroy  &  Cuvier  (1795)  adopted 
Vicq  d'Azyr's  (1792)  term  Pedimanes  to  accommodate  the  opossums  and 
dasyures,  which  they  placed  between  "les  Carnivores"  and  "les  Rongeurs," 
kangaroos  being  placed  in  the  latter.  Geoffroy  &  Cuvier  (1795)  recognized  the 
essential  characters  of  the  group  Pedimanes,  but  the  deceptive  similarities  of  the 
teeth  later  led  Cuvier  (1800)  to  place  Kangurus  at  the  head  of  the  Rodentia,  but 
next  to  Phalangista,  and  the  last  of  the  Pedimanes.  The  Pedimanes  in  turn  were 
placed  next  to  the  carnivores  in  the  superordinal  assemblage  "Les  Carnassiers." 
The  supposed  intermediate  position  of  the  marsupials  between  Carnivores  and 
Rongeurs  was  accepted  by  Dumeril  (1806)  and  others  (Gregory,  1910). 


troughton  (1957,  p.  80)  recommended  that  to  emphasize  the  difference,  opossum  he 
applied  to  the  American  forms,  whereas  the  shorter  possum  be  used  in  reference  to  the 
Australasian  forms. 


4  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

With  the  increasing  number  of  animals  being  brought  home  to  Europe  from 
around  the  world,  the  practice  of  classifying  animals  by  their  life  forms  was 
proving  cumbersome  and  unworkable.  In  1816  de  Blainville  began  to  look  for 
more  fundamental  similarities  in  determining  natural  affinities.  He  recognized 
that  despite  their  many  remarkable  resemblances  to  certain  Camivora  and 
Rodentia,  the  mode  of  reproduction  set  marsupials  apart  from  all  other  mam- 
mals. The  characters  by  which  he  chose  to  distinguish  various  mammalian 
groups  were  based  on  reproductive  tracts.  In  marsupials  the  tract  is  double,  and 
thus  he  proposed  the  name  Didelphes  (see  note  79),  and  in  the  placentals  single, 
hence  Monodelphes.  De  Blainville  also  included  monotremes  in  the  subclass 
Didelphes,  which  he  divided  into  Normaux  (marsupials)  and  Anomaux  (mono- 
tremes). The  resemblances  in  teeth  and  body  form  of  animals  in  the  group 
Didelphes  to  various  Monodelphes  were  regarded  as  "secondary."  The  Di- 
delphes Normaux  he  subdivided  into  Carnassiers  and  Rongeurs,  corresponding 
in  a  general  way  to  the  Polyprotodonta  and  Diprotodonta  of  later  workers. 

When  de  Blainville  revised  his  classification  in  1834,  he  recognized  the  dis- 
tinctness of  the  monotremes  and  in  so  doing  used  the  same  taxonomic  criteria  as 
before.  The  left  and  right  oviducts  in  the  echidna  (Tachyglossus)  and  platypus 
{Omithorynchus)  resemble  those  of  birds  and  reptiles  in  being  separate  to  the 
long  cloaca;  accordingly,  he  called  the  monotremes  "Les  Omithodelphes"  or 
bird  wombs.  For  the  marsupials,  in  which  the  oviducts  are  partly  united  in  the 
vaginal  region,  he  retained  the  name  "Les  Didelphes."  All  other  living  mammals 
he  included  in  "Les  Monodelphes."  De  Blainville  also  initiated  the  now  common 
practice  of  distinguishing  those  marsupials  with  separated  digits  on  the  hind 
foot  (Didactyla)  from  those  with  conjoined  digits  (Syndactyla). 

In  1804  George  Cuvier  discovered  the  first  European  fossil  marsupial  in  the 
gypsum  quarry  at  Montmartre,  France  (see  Cuvier,  1804;  Hoffstetter,  1976,  fig.  5; 
Wendt,  1968,  p.  94). 

In  1817,  Cuvier  abandoned  the  term  Pedimanes  for  Marsupiaux  and  removed 
Kangurus  to  that  group.  In  so  doing,  he  implied  that  foot  structure,  in  this  case  at 
least,  is  of  less  taxonomic  importance  than  reproductive  characters.  Cuvier 
further  observed: 

that  the  marsupials  which  we  arrange  at  the  end  of  the  Carnassieres  as  a  fourth  family 
of  that  great  order,  might  almost  be  separated  as  a  distinct  order,  so  many 
peculiarities  do  they  exhibit  in  their  economy.  .  .  .  One  might,  in  fact,  say  that  the 
Marsupiata  form  a  distinct  class,  parallel  to  that  of  ordinary  quadrupeds,  and,  like 
them  might  be  divided  into  orders  (translated  from  French). 

Gervais  (1836),  in  modifying  de  Blainville's  (1816)  classification,  divided  the 
marsupials  (Didelphes)  into  two  groups:  (1)  "les  Eleutherodactyles  (didactylous 
or  eleutherodactylous  forms),  including  "les  Pedimanes"  {Sarigue,  Chironectes), 
and  "les  Phascologales"  (Dasyure,  Phascologale,  Thylacine);  and  (2)  "les  Syn- 
dactyles"  (syndactylous  forms),  including  bandicoots,  phalangers,  and  kan- 
garoos. A  year  later  Bonaparte  (1837)  placed  the  marsupials  and  monotremes  in 
the  Ovovivipara,  and  the  placentals  in  the  Placentalia  (Gregory,  1910). 

The  first  discovery  of  fossil  marsupials  in  Australia  was  made  at  the  caves  of 
Wellington  Valley  and  Buree,  New  South  Wales,  in  or  before  1830.  The  dis- 
coverer was  apparently  George  Ranken,  who  explored  these  caves  and  who 
made  a  small  collection  of  bones  and  teeth.  He  forwarded  these  to  Professor 
Robert  Jameson  in  Edinburgh,  who  reported  (1831,  p.  393)  that: 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  5 

some  of  the  teeth  were  those  of  the  wombat,  stime  belonged  to  the  kangaroo,  others 
we  could  not  refer,  from  want  of  means  of  comparison.  One  bone,  from  its  great  size, 
particularly  arrested  our  attention,  from  its  appearing  to  belong  to  an  animal  larger 
than  any  of  the  living  species  in  the  Australian  world.  It  appeared,  on  comparing  it 
with  the  splendid  skeleton  of  the  hippopotamus  in  the  Museum,  to  resemble  the 
radial  bone  of  that  animal. 

The  next  communicarion  is  by  Major  Thomas  L.  (later  Sir  Thomas)  Mitchell, 
Surveyor-General  of  New  South  Wales,  who  in  1831,  gave  a  short  account  of  the 
caves  and  the  contained  bones.  Mitchell's  collection,  as  well  as  the  original 
collection  of  Ranken,  was  forwarded  to  G.  Cuvier  at  Paris  and  was  examined  by 
him  and  W.  Pentland.  These  fossils  were  reported  upon  by  Pentland  (1831, 1832, 
1833)  (for  review  of  early  literature  see  Anderson,  1933). 

The  first  systematic  account  of  the  Wellington  Cave  fossils  was  made  by 
Richard  Owen  [in  Mitchell's  Three  Expeditions  into  the  Interior  of  Eastern  Australia 
(see  Owen,  1838a;  1839a;  Mitchell,  1831,  1838,  1839)].  In  this  short  account  were 
established  a  number  of  extinct  species,  including  Diprotodon  optatum,  Macropus 
( =Sthenurus)  atlas,  S4acropus  titan,  Dasyurus  ( =Sarcophilus)  laniarius,  and  Phas- 
colomis  ( =Lasiorhinus)  mitchelli.  A  summary  of  early  papers  of  Australian  fossil 
Marsupialia  is  given  by  Owen  (1877). 

Haeckel  (1866)  first  recognized  that  marsupials  and  placentals  shared  a  com- 
mon ancestor,  later  called  Prodidelphia,  and  in  his  diagrams  so  represented  the 
relationships  of  these  groups. 

Gill  (1872),  in  his  table  of  contents,  placed  the  word  Eutheria  in  brackets  in 
front  of  Placentalia  s.  Monodelphia  and  Didelphia,  whereas  Prototheria  was 
placed  in  brackets  in  front  of  Omithodelphia.  This  implies  that  Gill  recognized  a 
closer  relationship  between  Monodelphia  and  Didelphia  than  between  Didel- 
phia and  Omithodelphia.  Gill's  use  of  the  term  Eutheria  antedates  Huxley's, 
1880  (see  below),  use  of  the  same  word,  but  in  a  different  sense.  Gill  thus  used  a 
dual  primary  subdivision  like  that  of  de  Blainville  (1816),  but  associated  marsu- 
pials with  placentals  rather  than  with  monotremes. 

It  was  subsequently  discovered  that  monotremes  laid  eggs.  Other  similarities 
of  the  monotremes  (Omithodelphia)  with  Reptilia  led  Huxley  (1880)  to  suggest 
that  monotremes  and  marsupials  represent  earlier,  serial  stages  in  the  evolution 
of  true  viviparous  mammals,  the  placentals.  To  reflect  this  idea  Huxley  coined 
the  terms  Prototheria  for  monotremes,  Metatheria  for  marsupials,  and  Eutheria 
for  placentals.  These  terms  were  used  by  Huxley  to  denote  successive  stages  of 
evolutionary  development,  with  Metatheria  representing  an  intermediate  stage 
between  Prototheria  and  Eutheria.  Huxley's  view  implies  that  living  mammals 
represent  three  groups  that  evolved  in  a  stepwise  manner  one  from  the  other,  in 
the  sequence  Prototheria-Metatheria-Eutheria.  This  idea  has  had  a  long  and 
baneful  influence  on  the  understanding  of  marsupials  and  monotremes.  It  en- 
couraged people  to  think  that  by  studying  these  mammals  they  could  ride  a  sort 
of  "Wellsian  Time  Machine"  back  to  the  origin  of  mammals  (Tyndale-Biscoe, 
1973,  p.  4).  It  is  this  background  against  which  features  of  marsupial  anatomy 
and  physiology  were  interpreted  as  primitive  in  comparison  with  more  derived 
placental  equivalents. 

Marsh  (1887)  believed  that  placentals  and  marsupials  evolved  independently 
from  oviparous  ancestors,  of  which  the  living  monotremes  were  the  direct  but 
derived  descendants. 


6  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

With  Hill's  (1897)  discovery  of  a  chorioallantoic  placenta  in  the  Australian 
genus  Perameles  came  the  theory  that  marsupials  evolved  from  placentals 
through  the  retrogression  of  the  "milk"  dentihon  and  placenta.  Dollo  (1899, 
1900,  1906)  promoted  this  view  and  attempted  to  further  prove  that  marsupials 
were  primitively  arboreal  (also  see  Hains,  1958;  Bensley,  1901a,  b).  Dollo  be- 
lieved that  because  of  possession  of  an  arboreally  modified  foot  (i.e.,  opposable 
hallux,  predominance  of  digit  four,  syndactyl)  marsupials  were  too  specialized 
to  have  been  ancestral  to  placentals  but  were  instead  derived  from  them. 

Between  1887  and  1906  a  number  of  important  papers  on  South  American 
fossil  Marsupialia  were  written  by  the  Argentine  paleontologist  Florentino 
Ameghino.  Ameghino  did  not  recognize  the  Marsupialia  as  a  natural  group.  His 
classification  of  1906  placed  what  we  now  regard  as  South  American  fossil  mar- 
supials in  eight  major  taxa  (mainly  orders,  although  the  categorical  level  is  not 
always  clear):  Allotheria,  Paucituberculata,  Pedimana,  Insectivora,  Sparas- 
sodonta,  Creodonta,  Prosimiae,  and  Protungulata.  Within  these,  17  families 
were  based  on  forms  now  considered  marsupial,  and  some  marsupials  were 
erroneously  referred  to  four  nonmarsupial  families.  One  family,  Odon- 
tomysopidae,  was  placed  in  association  with  marsupials,  but  is  based  on  speci- 
mens of  indeterminable  affinities  (Simpson,  1970a,  p.  56). 

Ameghino  {op.  cit.)  believed  that  most  placentals  were  derived  independently 
from  one  or  more  of  these  families.  For  example,  he  divided  the  polyprotodont 
marsupials  into  three  groups:  Pedimana  (didelphoids),  Dasyura  (Australian  car- 
nivorous marsupials),  and  Sparassodonta  (large  South  American  carnivorous 
marsupials=Borhyaenidae  sensu  strido).  These,  along  with  Insectivora  and 
Carnivora,  he  placed  in  a  group,  Sarcobora,  that  included  all  more  or  less  car- 
nivorous mammals.  The  borhyaenids,  divided  into  various  families,  were  all 
grouped  as  Sparassodonta,  considered  indirectly  related  to  the  Australian  car- 
nivorous marsupials  and  through  them  to  the  Fissipedia  and  Pinnipedia 
(Simpson,  1948;  Marshall,  1978a). 

Some  of  Ameghino's  contemporaries  realized  that  many  of  the  groups  here  in 
question  were  marsupials.  Smith  Woodward  (1898),  for  example,  noted  that 
Ameghino's  four  families  of  Paucituberculata  represent  one  or  more  families  of 
Marsupialia.  He  also  noted  the  remarkable  resemblance  of  Ameghino's  Sparas- 
sodonta to  the  carnivorous  marsupials  of  Australia,  but  referred  them  to  the 
suborder  Creodonta  of  the  placental  order  Carnivora  (Simpson  1970a,  p.  56). 

Sinclair  (1906)  showed  that  almost  all  of  the  Santacrucian  (Early  Miocene) 
representatives  of  Ameghino's  orders  and  families  belong  to  three  groups:  (1) 
Ameghino's  Sparassodonta,  placed  by  Sinclair  in  the  Australasian  family 
Thylacinidae  with  Thylacinus,  but  now  given  family  or  superfamily  distinction  as 
Borhyaenidae  and  Borhyaenoidea;  (2)  Ameghino's  Paucituberculata,  placed  in 
the  Caenolestidae;  and  (3)  Ameghino's  Pedimana  placed  in  the  "Didelphyidae" 
(Simpson,  1970a,  pp.  56-57). 

Genera  referred  by  Ameghino  to  the  Allotheria  were  later  shown  to  represent 
a  single  distinctive  marsupial  family,  Polydolopidae  (Simpson,  1928,  1948).  The 
Caroloameghiniidae,  referred  by  Ameghino  to  the  Protungulata,  are  closely  re- 
lated to  the  opossums  (Simpson,  1948).  As  noted  above,  the  Odontomysopidae, 
placed  by  Ameghino  in  the  Allotheria,  are  indeterminate  and  are  probably  not 
marsupials  (Simpson,  1967).  Anissodolops,  placed  by  Ameghino  in  the  mul- 
tituberculate  family  Neoplagiaulacidae,  is  a  synonym  of  Polydolops  and  belongs 


MARSHALL:  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  7 

in  the  Polydolopidae  (Simpst>n,  1948).  Argx/rolestes  and  Nettiolestes,  placed  by 
Ameghino  in  the  Jurassic  family  Spalacotheriidae,  which  he  erroneously  consid- 
ered as  belonging  to  the  Insectivora,  are  borhyaenids  (Simpson,  1948).  Acnxyon, 
referred  by  Ameghino  to  the  Cretxlonta,  is  similar  to  Borhyacna  and  hence  be- 
longs in  the  Borhyaenidae.  In  Ameghino's  Prosimiae,  the  Clenialitidae  and 
Pitheculitcs,  referred  to  the  primate  family  Homunculidae,  are  now  recognized  as 
Caenolestidae  (Marshall,  1976c). 

The  first  comprehensive  and  authoritative  review  of  marsupial  taxonomy  and 
phylogeny  was  by  Gregory  (1910).  He  discussed  previous  concepts  of  marsupial 
classification  and  presented  a  reasoned,  usable  classification  as  follows: 

Subclass  Thcria 

Infraciass  Metatheria 
Order  Marsupialia 
Sutxirder  Allotheria  (multituberculates) 
Sulxirder  Polyprotcxlontia 
Superfam.  Didelphoidea 
Fam.  Didclphjdae 
Fam.  Dasyuridae 
Fam.  Myrmecobiidae 
Fam.  Thylacynidae 
Superfam.  Perameloidea 
Fam.  "Properamelidae"  (hypothetical  rank  of  Bensiey,  1903) 
Fam.  Peramelidae 
Superfam.  Notoryctoidea 

Fam.  "Pronotoryctids"  (hypothetical  rank) 
Fam.  Notoryctidae 
Suborder  Paucituberculata 
Superfam.  Caenolestoidea 
Fam.  Epanorthidae 
Fam.  Abderitidae 
Fam.  Garzoniidae 
Fam.  Caenolestidae  (etc.) 
Suborder  Diprottxiontia 
Superfam.  Hypsiprymnoidea  (=Phalangeroidea) 
Fam.  Phalangeridae 
Subfam.  Phalangerinae 
Subfam.  Tarsipedinae 
Subfam.  Phascolarctinae 
Fam.  Macroptxiidae 
Fam.  Phascolomyidae 
Fam.  Diprotodontidae 
Fam.  Thylacoleontidae 

As  noted  by  Gregory  (1910,  p.  230n),  the  term  Eutheria  has  come  to  stand  for 
two  very  distinct  concepts — first,  for  marsupials  and  placentals  (see  Gill,  1872; 
Osborn,  1910;  Beddard,  1902);  and  second,  for  placentals  (see  Huxley,  1880). 
Although  Gill's  usage  of  the  term  has  priority,  there  exists  a  long-standing  and 
widely  used  nomenclatural  practice  of  using  the  terms  metatherian  and  marsu- 
pial synonymously,  as  contrasted  with  the  terms  eutherians  and  placentals. 
Because  of  priority,  some  workers  (e.g.,  Kermack,  1967,  p,  245)  have  suggested 
that  the  term  Eutheria  {seusu  Gill,  1872)  be  used  to  include  both  the  marsupial 
and  placental  mammals  and  that  Marsupialia  and  Placentalia  be  used,  respec- 
tively, in  the  place  of  Metatheria  and  Eutheria  as  arranged  by  Simpson  (1945). 

Simpson  (1945,  p.  164)  noted  that  the  terms  Metatheria  and  Eutheria  are  so 


8  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

widely  accepted  and  so  generally  understood  in  the  sense  in  which  he  employed 
them  that  it  would  be  puristic  to  reject  them  or  to  attempt  to  maintain  their 
forgotten  original  significations.  Because  of  this,  and  in  an  attempt  to  avoid 
contributing  to  the  regrettable  confusion,  Gregory  (1910)  employed  the  term 
Theria  {seusu  Parker  &  Haswell,  1897,  p.  448)  as  the  equivalent  of  Eutheria  of 
Gill.  The  name  Theria  was  available,  appropriate,  and  unambiguous.  Such  an 
arrangement  is  reasonable  and  has  been  widely  used  for  the  last  65  years. 

Many  subsequent  students  overlooked  the  fact  that  Huxley's  terms  ending  in 
-theria  were  not  really  taxonomic  names  but  merely  theoretical  terms  designating 
stages  of  evolution  (Simpson,  1945,  p.  164).  Thus,  Hypotheria  of  Huxley  desig- 
nated an  unknown,  hypothetical,  first  stage  of  mammalian  evolution,  and  the 
later  stages  were  designated  successively  Prototheria,  Meta theria,  and  Eutheria. 
According  to  Huxley,  living  primates,  for  example,  are  eutherian  but  were  de- 
rived from  metatherian  primates  (not  from  marsupials),  these  in  turn  from  pro- 
totherian  primates  (not  from  monotremes),  and  these  finally  from  hypotherian 
primates  (Simpson,  1945,  p.  164). 

Although  the  boundaries  of  the  group  Marsupialia  are  now  rather  well  estab- 
lished (see  Marshall,  1979b;  Tyndale-Biscoe,  1973,  p.  6),  the  same  cannot  be  said 
for  its  subdivisions  (Simpson,  1945,  p.  171).  Simpson  (1930, 1945)  recognized  six 
marsupial  groups,  each  of  which  he  considered  a  monophyletic  unit.  These 
groups  he  recognized  as  superfamilies — Didelphoidea,  Borhyaenoidea,  Dasyu- 
roidea,  Perameloidea,  Caenolestoidea,  and  Phalangeroidea.  As  noted  by  Simpson 
(1945,  p.  171),  many  attempts  have  been  made  to  unite  these  basic  groups,  under 
these  or  other  names,  into  more  inclusive  groups  of  about  subordinal  rank. 

The  best  known  and  most  frequently  adopted  system  is  division  into  Polyprotodontia 
and  Diprotodontia,  following  the  characters  of  the  indsor  teeth,  see,  e.g.,  Gregory, 
1910.  An  old  alternative  is  to  classify  these  six  groups  according  to  whether  the 
second  and  third  toes  of  the  hind  foot  are  or  are  not  united,  giving  such  suborders  as 
Didactyla  and  Syndactyla,  see,  e.g.,  Wood-Jones,  1923-1925.  The  arrangements  are  as 
follows: 

INCISORS 

!  Didelphoidea 
Borhyaenoidea 
Dasyuroidea 
Perameloidea 


Diprotodontia 


(Caenolestoidea 
Phalangeroidea 


TOES 

{Didelphoidea 
Borhyaenoidea 
Dasyuroidea 
Caenolestoidea 

Syndactyla  I  Perameloidea 

(  Phalangeroidea 

As  might  b»e  expected  of  classifications  based  essentially  on  single  characters,  these 
are  contradictory  and  unsatisfactory.  The  Caenolestoidea  and  Perameloidea  are 
anomalous  in  any  arrangement  of  this  kind,  and  if  they  are,  in  turn,  elevated  to 
separate  subordinal  rank  the  advantage  of  simplicity,  the  primary  aim  of  this  attempt 
to  define  suborders,  is  lost.  Structurally  it  would  be  justifiable  to  combine  the  Didel- 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  9 

phoidea,  Bwrhyaenoidea,  and  Dasyuroidea  into  one  higher  group,  as  these  are  nearly 
intergrading  morphological  complexes.  The  other  three  basic  groups  do  not  even 
remotely  intergrade,  and  there  really  is  no  proper  basis  for  uniting  any  two  of  them 
on  the  subordinal  level  (Simpson,  1945,  p.  171). 

Simpson  (1945,  p.  171)  justly  argued  that  because  of  the  uncertainties  con- 
cerning the  phylogenetic  relationships  of  these  marsupial  groups,  it  is  best  to 
recognize  six  coordinate  groups,  which  he  called  superfamilies,  and  not  to  unite 
them  further  into  suborders.  "This  at  least  is  more  conservative  than  following 
any  one  disputed  and  ill-supported  hypothesis." 

Simpson's  abandonment  of  the  two  subordinal  groupings  of  earlier  workers 
was  one  of  the  most  important  advances  in  marsupial  classification  of  our  time. 
By  discarding  these  subt>rders  (i.e.,  Diprotodontia,  Polyprotodontia;  or  Syndac- 
tyla  and  Didactyla),  Simpson  promoted  a  freer  approach  to  problems  of  inter- 
relationships within  the  marsupials  as  a  whole  (see  Ride,  1964a,  p.  98). 

The  classification  proposed  by  Simpson  (1945)  follows: 

Subclass  Theria 
Infraclass  Metatheria 
Order  Marsupialia 
Superfam.  Didelphoidea 
Fam.  Didelphidae 
Subfam.  Pediomyinae 
Subfam.  Thlaeodontinae 
Subfam.  Microbiotheriinae 
Subfam.  Didelphinae 
Fam.  Caroloameghiniidae 
Superfam.  Borhyaenoidea 
Fam.  Borhyaenidae 
Subfam.  Borhyaeninae 
Subfam.  Thylacosmilinae 
Superfam.  Dasyuroidea 
Fam.  Dasyuridae 
Subfam.  Phascogalinae 
Subfam.  Dasyurinae 
Subfam.  Thylacininae 
Subfam.  Myrmecobiinae 
Fam.  Notoryctidae 
Superfam.  Perameloidea 

Fam.  Peramelidae 
Superfam.  Caenolestoidea 
Fam.  Caenolestidae 
Subfam.  Caenolestinae 
Subfam.  Palaeothentinae 
Subfam.  Abderitinae 
Fam.  Polydolopidae 
Superfam.  Phalangeroidea 
Fam.  Phalangeridae 
Subfam.  Phalangerinae 
Subfam.  Tarsipedinae 
Subfam.  Phascola retinae 
Subfam.  Burramyinae 
Fam.  Thylacoleonidae 
Fam.  Phascolomidae 
Fam.  Macropodidae 
Subfam.  Macropodinae 
Subfam.  Potoroinae 
Fam.  Diprotodontidae 


10  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

In  1947  Gregory  presented  his  "Palimpsest  Theory"  in  which  he  attempted  to 
demonstrate  that:  (1)  the  existing  monotremes  are,  on  the  whole  but  with  certain 
exceptions,  far  more  "specialized  away"  from  the  primitive  mammalian  type 
than  any  known  marsupials;  and  (2)  that  the  monotremes  have  been  derived 
probably  within  the  Australasian  region  and  by  relatively  rapid  divergence  from 
the  ancestors  of  the  Australian  marsupials.  In  short,  Gregory  attempted  to 
demonstrate  that  monotremes  were  derived  from  an  ancestor  shared  with  Au- 
stralasian marsupials.  He  proposed  transfer  of  the  orders  Monotremata  and 
Marsupialia  to  a  new  subclass  Marsupionta,  characterized  as: 

didelphian,  cloacate  to  trivaginate,  oviparous  or  fetiparous,  marsupiate  mammals, 
typically  with  epipubic  bones;  primitively  a  large  rhinarium  (lost  in  tachyglossids); 
brain  with  hippocampus  but  without  a  corpus  callosum;  malleus  with  large  anterior 
process  (goniale)  (Gregory,  1947,  p.  46). 

He  proposed  the  following  classification: 

Class  Mammalia 
Subclass  Marsupionta 

Order  Marsupialia 

Order  Monotremata 
Subclass  Monodelphia  (Placentalia) 

Gregory  suggested  that  this  arrangement  avoided  the  confusing  terms  Pro- 
totheria,  Metatheria,  Eutheria,  and  Theria.  The  views  presented  in  Gregory's 
paper  have  not  received  wide  credence,  and  most  of  the  conclusions  have  been 
controverted. 

The  views  of  Kiihne  (1972,  1975),  which  perpetuate  this  scheme,  are  likewise 
controverted.  The  presence  of  epipubic  bones  is  not  a  shared,  derived  character 
of  monotremes  and  marsupials  as  stated  by  Kiihne  (1975),  but  simply  represents 
retention  in  these  groups  of  a  primitive  mammalian  character.  The  loss  of  these 
bones  in  placentals  is  the  derived  condition  (Marshall,  1979b). 

Kiihne  (1972)  emphatically  stated  that  monotremes  and  marsupials  are 
synapomorphous  in  the  replacement  of  but  one  postcanine  tooth,  the  dP4. 
However,  the  dental  formula  of  the  living  monotreme  Ornithorhynchus,  upon 
which  he  based  his  conclusions,  is  not  certainly  known.  Kiihne's  view  that 
monotremes  and  marsupials  are  sister-groups  is  further  refuted  by  the  numer- 
ous apomorphies  shared  by  marsupials  and  placentals,  but  not  shared  with 
monotremes  or  other  prototherians  (Marshall,  1979b,  table  1,  fig.  1). 

A  choice  of  alternatives  for  recognizing  the  Marsupialia  as  an  order  or  group  of 
higher  rank  in  a  phylogenetic  classification  involves  decisions  on  the  best  proce- 
dures for  expressing  evolutionary  relationships  and  diversity  both  within  and 
without  the  group.  Considering  the  number  of  hierarchical  levels  available,  does 
ranking  of  Marsupialia  as  an  order  provide  adequate  degrees  of  taxonomic  free- 
dom to  express  affinity  and  supposed  relationships?  In  terms  of  its  diversity,  is 
the  group  Marsupialia  comparable  to  or  does  it  encompass  greater  variety  than 
the  larger  orders  of  placental  mammals?  (Clemens  &  Marshall,  1976). 

The  superfamilial  arrangement  proposed  by  Simpson  (1930,  1945)  fits  well 
with  the  traditional  practice  of  regarding  the  Marsupialia  as  a  single  order.  This 
ranking,  however,  implies  a  high  degree  of  homogeneity  in  a  group  of  animals 
that  has  evolved  for  just  as  long  as  the  Eutheria  (Air  et  al.,  1971;  Marshall,  1979b; 
Lillegraven,  1969,  1974,  1976;  Moeller,  1968;  TurnbuU,  1971;  Kirsch,  1977d), 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA 


n 


Table  1.  Comparison  of  various  nomenclatures  used  by  early  workers  for  the  major 
groups  of  living  Mammalia. 


De  BUinville,  1816 

Didelphes 
(monotremes  and 
marsupials) 

Monodelphes 
(placentals) 


Gill,  1872 

Prototheria 
(monotremes) 

Eutheria 

(marsupials  and 
placentals) 


De  Blainville,  1834 

Ornithodelphia 
(monotremes) 


Didelphia 
(marsupials) 

MoniKielphia 
(placentals) 


Huxley,  1880 

Prototheria 
(monotremes,  s.l.) 

Metatheria 
(marsupials,  s.l.) 

Eutheria 
(placentals,  s.l.) 


Bonaparte,  1837 

Ovovivipara 
(monotremes  and 
marsupials) 

Placentalia 
(placentals) 


Gregory,  1910 
Simpson,  1945 

Prototheria 
(monotremes) 

Theria 
Metatheria 
(marsupials) 

Eutheria 
(placentals) 


which,  in  contrast,  is  currently  subdivided  into  some  35  orders  (see  McKenna, 
1975;  Ride,  1964a). 

Fossil  marsupials,  particularly  those  of  the  Australian  Pleistocene  clearly  demonstrate 
a  wide  variety  of  forms  which,  if  they  had  been  eutherian,  would  have  been  distrib- 
uted among  several  orders.  Thus,  if  the  kangarcxis  and  wallabies  are  antelope-  and 
deer-like,  the  stheurines  bovid-Iike  and  the  diprotixlontids  hippo-like  then  the  native 
cats  can  only  represent  some  such  unspecialized  Carnivora  as  the  civets  and  mon- 
gooses. The  bandicoots  are  very  different  again  from  both  of  these  groups  and  clearly 
invite  comparison  with  yet  another  order  (Ride,  1964a,  p.  98). 

Ride  (1964a,  p.  98)  has  noted  that  this  idea  is  not  original,  for  taxononusts  have 
long  recognized  this  inconsistency  in  classification. 

Because  of  their  peculiar  features  [marsupials]  are  always  ranked  as  a  single  order  of 
mammals  within  a  separate  class,  although  the  briefest  inspection  is  enough  to  show 
that  there  is  at  least  as  much  difference  between  a  kangarix)  and  a  dasyure  (for 
example)  as  between  an  insectivore  and  a  rodent,  let  alone  a  rodent  and  a  lagomorph. 
Because  eutherian  mammals  were  the  first  to  become  familiar  to  the  anatomists  of  the 
western  world,  and  even  more  because  our  species  belongs  to  them,  they  have  been 
taken  as  normal  and  the  extraordinary  abnormality  of  the  marsupial  urogenital  sys- 
tem has  sufficed  to  keep  marsupials  as  a  single  order.  Had  we  known  the  marsupials 
first  and  especially  if  we  had  belonged  to  them,  they  would  have  been  classified  in 
several  orders,  and  no  doubt  the  abnormality  of  the  eutherian  genitalia  would  have 
sufficed  to  keep  the  numt>er  of  eutherian  orders  much  lower  than  at  present  (Cain, 
1959,  p.  214). 

Ride  (1964a,  p.  98)  has  justly  argued  that  when  Simpson  proposed  his  classifi- 
cation of  the  Marsupialia  in  1930  there  did  not  seem  to  be  good  reason  for 
grouping  the  six  superfamilies  at  a  higher  level.  Since  then,  fossils  of  about  the 
right  age  and  with  suitable  characters  to  provide  a  transitional  stage  between  the 
superfamilies  Didelphoidea  and  Borhyaenoidea  have  been  discovered  (e.g., 
Patene).  Ride  continued  that  if  the  Dasyuroidea  were  added  to  these,  the  argu- 


12  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

ment  that  Dasyuroidea,  Didelphoidea,  and  Borhyaenoidea  form  a  single  unit 
comparable  with  the  eutherian  Carnivora  would  become  even  stronger. 

Most  authors  regard  the  modern  Dasyuroidea  as  not  very  greatly  modified  descen- 
dants of  the  original  didelphoid  invaders  of  Australia  and,  since  Phalangeroidea  at 
least  (and  also  the  Perameloidea)  warrant  ordinal  status  by  comparison  vdth  Eutheria 
(Ride,  1964a,  p.  99), 

he  took  the  step  of  proposing  four  orders  of  Marsupialia. 

In  his  classification.  Ride  did  not  discard  the  six  superfamilies  of  Simpson, 
but,  in  an  attempt  to  emphasize  the  breadth  of  the  whole  radiation,  he  grouped 
(1964a,  p.  99)  these  as  follows: 

Infraclass  Metatheria 
Superorder  Marsupialia 
Order  Marsupicarnivora 
Superfam.  Didelphoidea 
Superfam.  Borhyaenoidea 
Superfam.  Dasyuroidea 
Fam.  Dasyuridae 
Fam.  Thylacinidae 
Order  Paucituberculata 
Superfam.  Caenolestoidea 
Fam.  Caenolestidae 
Fam.  Polydolopidae 
Order  Peramelina 
Superfam.  Perameloidea 
Fam.  Peramelidae 
Order  Diprotodontia 
Superfam.  Phalangeroidea 
Fam.  Phalangeridae 
Fam.  Wynyardiidae 
Fam.  Vombatidae 
Fam.  Diprotodontidae 
Fam.  Macropodidae 
Marsupialia  incertae  sedis 

Fam.  Notoryctidae 

The  probable  phylogenetic  relationships  of  the  orders  proposed  by  Ride  (1962a, 
1964a)  were  established  on  the  basis  of  five  key  features  of  living  forms  (see  Ride, 
1962a,  fig.  10). 

Based  largely  upon  serological  data,  although  taking  into  account  other  infor- 
mation as  well,  Kirsch  (1968a)  proposed  a  new  classification  for  the  Marsupialia. 
He  followed  Ride  (1964a)  in  recognizing  several  orders,  for  Ride's  reasons  (as 
outlined  above)  and  also  because  this  makes  available  a  greatly  expanded  hierar- 
chy for  showing  supposed  relationships.  The  classification  proposed  by  Kirsch 
(1968a,  p.  420)  follows: 

Superorder  Marsupialia 
Order  Polyprotodonta 
Suborder  Didelphimorphia 
Superfam.  Didelphoidea 
Superfam.  Borhyaenoidea 
Suborder  Dasyuromorphia 
Superfam.  Dasyuroidea 
Fam.  Dasyuridae 
Subfam.  Dasyurinae 


MARSHALL:  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIAUA  13 

Subfam.  Mynnecobiinae 
Fam.  Thylacinidae 
Suborder  Peramelemorphia 
Superfam.  Perameloidea 
Fam.  Peramelidae 
Subfam.  Peramelinae 
Subfam.  Thylacomyinae 
Polyprotodonta  hicertae  sedis 
Fam.  Notoryctidae 
Order  Paucitubercuiata 

Superfam.  Caenolestoidea 
Order  Diprolodonta 

Superfam.  Vombatoidea 
Fam.  Vombatidae 
Fam.  Phascolarctidae 
Superfam.  Phalangeroidea 
Fam.  Phalangeridae 
Subfam.  Phalangerinae 
Subfam.  Trichosurinae 
Fam.  Wynyardiidae 
Fam.  Petauridae 
Subfam.  Petaurinae 
Subfam.  Pseudocheirinae 
Fam.  Burramyidae 
Fam.  Thylacoleonidae 
Fam.  Macropodidae 
Subfam.  Macropodinae 
Subfam.  Sthenurinae 
Subfam.  Potoroinae 
Fam.  Diprolodontidae 
Subfam.  Diprolodontinae 
Subfam.  Nototheriinae 
Subfam.  Palorchestinae 
Subfam.  Zygomaturinae 
Phalangeroidea  hicertae  sedis 

Dactylopsila,  Distoechurus 
Superfam.  Tarsipedoidea 
Fam.  Tarsipedidae 

In  the  scheme  proposed  by  Kirsch,  the  Australasian  diprotodonts  (Di- 
protodontia)  and  the  South  American  caenolestoids  (Paucitubercuiata)  represent 
distinct  orders.  In  spite  of  the  separation  of  Australasian  and  American  Mar- 
supialia  on  serology  and  sperm  morphology,  Kirsch  agreed  with  Ride  that  it  was 
"useful"  to  place  the  American  polyprotodonts  (i.e.,  Didelphoidea  and 
Borhyaenoidea)  and  the  dasyuroids  (Dasyuroidea)  in  a  single  order,  Poly- 
protodontia.  Kirsch  believed  that  there  were  compelling  reasons  for  including 
the  perameloids  in  the  Polyprotodontia,  and  he  did  not  separate  them  from  it  as 
did  Ride.  To  show  the  breadth  of  the  order  Polyprotodontia,  Kirsch  recognized 
suborders  in  it,  but  not  in  the  Paucitubercuiata  and  Diprotodontia.  Gill's  (1872) 
names  Didelphimorphia  and  Dasyuromorphia  were  available  for  two  of  the 
suborders,  and  for  the  third  Kirsch  proposed  the  name  Peramelemorphia. 

Kirsch  did  not  then  offer  opinions  on  the  organization  of  the  American  mar- 
supials below  the  level  of  superfamily.  He  did,  however,  considerably  reor- 
ganize the  Australasian  Diprotodontia.  He  placed  Tarsipes  in  a  monotypic  super- 
fanuly  Tarsipedoidea.  This  move  was  a  compromise  between  the  serological 
results  that  suggested  Tarsipes  was  as  distinct  from  phalangeroids  as  it  was  from 


14  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

dasyuroids  and  perameloids  and  the  occurrence  in  Tarsipes  of  diprotodonty, 
syndactyly,  and  a  superficial  thymus  gland,  which  seemed  to  remove  all  doubts 
that  Tarsipes  is  a  true  phalangeroid.  Kirsch  restricted  the  superfamily  Phalan- 
ge roidea  to  include  the  possums,  kangaroos,  and  several  extinct  groups  (the 
Diprotodontidae,  tentatively).  The  possums  were  reorganized  into  three  families 
based  in  serology,  cytology  (Sharman,  1961),  and  sperm  morphology  (Hughes, 
1965).  Kirsch  considered  Dadylopsila,  Distoechurus,  and  Notoryctes  as  aberrant, 
and  their  affiniHes  with  other  marsupials  conjectural. 

Simpson  (1970a,  1971)  presented  excellent  reviews  of  the  suprageneric  groups 
of  South  American  Marsupialia,  fossil  and  Recent.  His  proposed  classification 
was  traditional  in  that  a  single  order  Marsupialia  and  three  South  American 
superfamilies  were  recognized: 

Order  Marsupialia 
Superfam.  Didelphoidea 
Fam.  Didelphidae 
Subfam.  Didelphinae 
Subfam.  Caroloameghiniinae 
Subfam.  Sparassocyninae 
Fam.  Borhyaenidae 
Subfam.  Borhyaeninae 
Subfam.  Thylacosmilinae 
?Didelphoidea  incertae  sedis 

Fam.  Necrolestidae 
Superfam.  Caenolestoidea 
Fam.  Caenolestidae 
Subfam.  Caenolestinae 
Subfam.  Palaeothentinae 
Subfam.  Abderitinae 
Fam.  Polydolopidae 
?Caenolestoidea  incertae  sedis 

Fam.  Groeberiidae 
Superfam.  Argyrolagoidea 
Fam.  Argyrolagidae 

As  Simpson  (1970a)  pointed  out,  there  are  a  number  of  Recent  and  fossil 
taxa — particularly  Necrolestes,  Notoryctes,  Groeberia,  and  Tarsipes — that  fit  only 
marginally  into  the  currently  recognized  superfamilial  groupings.  He  did,  how- 
ever, add  the  Argyrolagoidea  to  the  roster  of  superfamilies,  but  placed  the 
Borhyaenidae  in  the  superfamily  Didelphoidea  "with  the  clearly  ancestral  and 
similar  Didelphidae"  (Simpson,  1971,  p.  113). 

In  1976  Clemens  &  Marshall  presented  another  classification  for  non- 
Australasian  Marsupialia.  Three  new  superfamilies  (Polydolopoidea, 
Groeberioidea,  and  Necrolestoidea)  were  proposed: 

Order  Marsupialia 
Superfam.  Didelphoidea 
Fam.  Didelphidae 
Subfam.  Didelphinae 
Subfam.  Microbiotheriinae 
Subfam.  Glasbiinae 
Subfam.  Caroloameghiniinae 
Subfam.  Sparassocyninae 
Fam.  Pediomyidae 
Fam.  Stagodontidae 
Superfam.  Borhyaenoidea 
Fam.  Borhyaenidae 


MARSHALL:  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  1 5 

Subfam.  Borhyaeninae 
Subfam.  Thylacosmilinae 
SujH'rfam.  Argyrolagoidea 

Fam.  Argyrolagidae 
Superfam.  Necrolestoidea 

Fam.  Necrolestidae 
Superfam.  Caenolcstoidea 
Fam.  Caenolestidae 
Subfam.  Caenolestinae 
Subfam.  Palaeothentinae 
Subfam.  Abderitinac 
Superfam.  Polydolopoidea 

Fam.  Polydolopidae 
Superfam.  Groeberioidea 
Fam.  Groeberiidae 

In  polydolopoids  the  sectorial,  bladelike  tooth  is  the  last  premolar  and  not  the 
first  molar,  as  is  the  case  in  those  caenolestids  with  plagiaulacoid  (see  Simpson, 
1933)  dentitions  (Paula  Couto,  1952b;  Pascual  &  Herrera,  1973).  Evolution  of 
plagiaulacoid  teeth  is  thus  a  convergent  feature  in  these  lineages,  and  there  is  no 
convincing  evidence  that  the  polydolopoids  are  any  closer  phylogenetically  to 
caenolestids  than  they  are  to  didelphids.  For  these  reasons,  the  new  superfamily 
Polydolopoidea  was  proposed. 

There  appeared  to  be  several  advantages  in  placing  Groeberia  and  Necrolestes  in 
separate  superfamilies.  This  action  recognized  the  phylogenetically  isolated 
positions  of  these  taxa  and  seemed  a  better  expression  of  the  diversity  within  the 
Marsupialia.  Also,  Clemens  &  Marshall  returned  to  Simpson's  earlier  classifica- 
tion of  1945  and  maintained  the  superfamily  Borhyaenoidea. 

In  addition  to  recognizing  diversity,  these  changes  balance  the  classification  of  the 
f>oorly-known  but  very  distinct  side  branches,  and  leave  the  Didelphoidea  and 
Caenolestoidea  uncluttered  and  cohesive  groups  (Clemens  &  Marshall,  1976,  p.  10). 

The  most  recent  attempt  to  classify  all  fossil  and  living  Marsupialia  at  a  supra- 
generic  level  is  by  Kirsch  (1977b).  His  classification  is  again  based  largely  on 
serological  data  (see  Kirsch,  1968a),  but  it  incorporates  consideration  of  cytologi- 
cal  and  some  anatomical  information  as  well.  This  work  is  clearly  the  most 
comprehensive  and  synthetic  treatment  of  this  subject  to  date.  The  scheme 
propt^ed  by  Kirsch  (1977b,  p.  Ill)  follows: 

Superorder  Marsupialia 
Order  Polyprotodonta 
Sut)order  Didelphimorphia 
Superfam.  Didelphoidea 
Fam.  Didelphidae 
Subfam.  Didelphinae 
Subfam.  Caluromyinae 
Subfam.  Glasbiinae 
Subfam.  Caroloameghiniinae 
Subfam.  Sparassocyninae 
Fam.  Microbiotheriidae 
Fam.  Pediomyidae 
Fam.  Stagodontidae 
Superfam.  Borhyaenoidea 
Fam.  Borhyaenidae 
Subfam.  Borhyaeninae 
Subfam.  Hathlyacyninae 
Subfam.  Prothylacyninae 


16  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

Subfam.  Proborhyaeninae 
Fam.  Thylacosmilidae 
Fam.  Necrolestidae 
Fam.  Thylacinidae 
Suborder  Dasyuromorphia 
Superfam.  Dasyuroidea 
Fam.  Dasyuridae 
Fam.  Myrmecobiidae 
Suborder  Peramelemorphia 
Superfam.  Perameloidea 
Fam.  Peramelidae 
Fam.  Thylacomyidae 
Suborder  Notoryctemorphia 
Superfam.  Notoryctoidea 
Fam.  Notoryctidae 
Order  Paucituberculata 

Superfam.  Caenolestoidea 
Fam.  Caenolestidae 
Subfam.  Caenolestinae 
Subfam.  Palaeothentinae 
Subfam.  Abderitinae 
Superfam.  Polydolopoidea 
Fam.  Polydolopidae 
?Paudtuberculata 
Superfam.  Groeberioidea 

Fam.  Groeberiidae 
Superfam.  Argyrolagoidea 
Fam.  Argyrolagidae 
Order  Diprotodonta 

Superfam.  Vombatoidea 
Fam.  Vombatidae 
Fam.  Phascolarctidae 
Superfam.  Phalangeroidea 
Fam.  Phalangeridae 
Subfam.  Phalangerinae 
Subfam.  Trichosurinae 
Fam.  Ektopodontidae 
Fam.  Petauridae 
Subfam.  Petaurinae 
Subfam.  Pseudocheirinae 
Subfam.  Dactylopsilinae 
Fam.  Burramyidae 
Fam.  Thylacoleonidae 
Fam.  Macropodidae 
Subfam.  Macropodinae 
Subfam.  Sthenurinae 
Subfam.  Potoroinae 
Fam.  Diprotodontidae 
Subfam.  Nototheriinae 
Subfam.  Diprotodontinae 
Subfam.  Palorchestinae 
Subfam.  Zygoma turinae 
Superfam.  Tarsipedoidea 

Fam.  Tarsipedidae 
Superfam.  Wynyardioidea 
Fam.  Wynyardiidae 

This  classification  is  similar  to  that  proposed  in  his  1968  paper,  with  the  fol- 
lowing notable  differences.  A  new  subfamily,  the  Caluromyinae,  is  proposed  for 
inclusion  of  the  living  didelphid  genera  Caluromys,  Caluromysiops,  and  Glironia. 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  17 

Four  subfamilies  of  Borhyaenidae  are  recognized  following  the  study  by  Mar- 
shall (1978a),  and  the  saber-tooth  marsupials  are  placed  in  a  distinct  family,  the 
Thylacosmilidae,  following  Marshall  (1976a).  The  enigmatic  South  American 
fossil  Necrolestes,  family  Necrolestidae,  is  placed  in  the  Borhyaenoidea  following 
the  conclusions  of  Patterson  (1958),  and  the  Australasian  family  Thylacinidae  is 
placed  in  the  Borhyaenoidea  following  Archer  (e.g.,  1976b,  c).  The  superfamilies 
Groeberioidea  and  Polydolopoidea  are  recognized  following  Clemens  &  Mar- 
shaU  (1976). 

For  the  Australasian  forms,  the  marsupial  mole,  Notorydes,  is  placed  in  a 
monotypic  suborder,  Notoryctemorphia,  in  the  order  Polyprotodontia.  Ektopo- 
don  Stirton,  Tedford,  &  Woodbume  (1%7),  described  originally  as  possibly  a 
monotreme,  is  now  recognized  as  a  marsupial  (see  Woodbume  &  Tedford,  1975) 
and  is  placed  in  the  family  Ektopodontidae,  superfamily  Phalangeroidea.  Dac- 
tylopsila  is  placed  in  a  new  petaurid  subfamily  Dactylopsilinae;  Distoechurus  is 
placed  in  the  Burramyidae;  and  the  fossil  Wynyardia  is  placed  in  a  monotypic 
superfamily,  the  Wynyardioidea.  Last,  two  families  of  perameloids,  Peramelidae 
and  Thylacomyidae,  are  recognized. 

Only  five  new  suprageneric  ranks  have  been  proposed  subsequent  to  Kirsch's 
study.  Crochet  (1979)  recognized  two  tribes  for  the  subfamily  Didelphinae,  the 
Didelphini  and  Peradectini;  Marshall  (1980)  recognized  the  tribes  Pichipilini, 
Parabderitini,  and  Abderitini  in  the  family  Caenolestidae. 

As  noted  above,  a  large  number  of  names  are  available  for  taxonomic  groups 
between  the  rank  of  Marsupialia  and  family.  Although  these  and  other  names 
will  not  be  considered  further,  they,  their  authorship,  and  their  previous  usage 
are  summarized  as  follows: 

EOMETATHERIA  Simpson,  1970a,  p.  38— rank  not  originally  spedfied,  but  suggested  to 

include  all  Australasian  forms. 
HESPEROMETATHERIA  Simpson,   1970a,   p.   38— rank  not  originally  spedfied,  but 

suggested  to  include  all  American  and  European  forms. 
Cohort  MARSUPIATA  Turnbull,  1971,  p.  176  (=01d  Metatheria  or  Marsupialia). 
Order  MARSUPIALIA  lUiger,  1811,  p.  75  (=E)idelphia  de  BlainviUe,  1816,  p.  109)  (MAR- 
SUPIALIA has  also  been  used  as  a  Superorder  (e.g..  Ride,  1964a,  p.  99;  Kirsch,  1977b,  p. 

Ill)  and  Supercohort  (McKenna,  1975,  p.  40)]. 
Order  MARSUPICARNIVORA  Ride,  1964a,  p.  99. 
Order  DIPROTODONTIA  Owen,  1866. 
Order  POLYPROTODONTIA  Owen,  1866. 
Order  PERAMELINA  Gray,  1825,  p.  340. 
Order  PAUCITUBERCULATA  Ameghino,  1894,  p.  332  (=ASYNDACTYUA  Thomas, 

1895b,  p.  870). 
Order  MICROBIOTHERIA  Ameghino,  1889,  p.  263. 
Suborder  DIDELPHIMORPHIA  Gill,  1872,  p.  26. 
Suborder  DASYUROMORPHIA  Gill,  1872,  p.  26. 
Suborder  PERAMELEMORPHIA  Kirsch,  1968a,  p.  420. 
Suborder  NOTORYCTEMORPHIA  Kirsch,  1977b,  p.  112. 

•Superfam.  ARGYROLAGOIDEA  (Ameghino,  1904,  p.  255)  Simpson,  1970a,  p.  3. 
•Superfam.  BORHYAENOIDEA  (Ameghino,  1894,  p.  371)  Simpson,  1930,  p.  9  (induding 

SPARASSODONTA  Ameghino,  1894,  p.  364). 
Superfam.  CAENOLESTOIDEA  (Trouessart,  1898,  p.  1205)  Osbom,  1910,  p.  517. 
Superfam.    DASYUROIDEA   (Goldfuss,    1820,   pp.    xxxiii,   447)  Simpson,    1930,   p.   9 

(CREOPHAGA  Haeckel,  1866,  p.  dvii;  DASYUROMORPHIA  Gill,  1872,  p.  26). 
Superfam.    DIDELPHOIDEA  (Gray,    1821,   p.   308)  Osborn,    1910,   p.   515  (including 

CECILIOLEMUROIDEA  Weigelt,  1933,  p.  145;  ENTOMOPHAGA  Owen,  1859,  p.  52; 

PEDIMANA  Haeckel,  1866,  p.  cxliii;  DIDELPHIMORPHIA  Gill,  1872,  p.  26). 
•Superfam.  GROEBERIOIDEA  (Patterson,  1952,  p.  39)  Qemens  &  Marshall,  1976,  p.  10. 


18  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

*Fam.  Properamelidae  Bensley,  1903,  p.  192  (hypothetical  group  that  included  common 

ancestors  of  syndactylous  Australasian  taxa). 
*Fam.  Pronotoryctidae  Gregory,  1910,  p.  204  (hypothetical  group  that  evolved  from  Pro- 
peramelidae and  gave  rise  to  Notoryctidae). 
Superfam.  NOTORYCTOIDEA  (Ogilby,  1892,  p.  5)  Gregory,  1910,  p.  204. 
Superfam.  PERAMELOIDEA  (Gray,  1825,  p.  340)  Osborn,  1910,  p.  516  (=PERAMELINA 

Gray,  1825,  p.  340). 
Superfam.  PHALANGEROIDEA  (Thomas,  1888,  p.  126)  Weber,  1928,  p.  xiii  (=CAR- 

POPHAGA  Owen,  1859,  p.  52). 
*Superfam.  POLYDOLOPOIDEA  (Ameghino,  1897,  p.  496)  Clemens  &  Marshall,  1976,  p. 

10. 
Superfam.  TARSIPEDOIDEA  (Gervais  &  Verreaux,  1842,  p.  1)  Kirsch,  1968a,  p.  420. 
Superfam.  VOMBATOIDEA  (Iredale  &  Troughton,  1934,  p.  33)  Kirsch,  1968a,  p.  419 

(=PHASCOLOMYDA  Goldfuss,  1820,  pp.  xxii,  444,  RHIZOPHAGA  Owen,  1859,  p. 

52). 
Superfam.  WYNYARDIOIDEA  (Osgood,  1921,  p.  138)  Kirsch,  1977b,  p.  113. 

The  classification  of  the  families  and  genera  of  Marsupialia  that  follows  is 
divided  into  tw^o  parts — I.  New  World  and  European,  and  II.  Australasian.  The 
families,  subfamilies,  and  tribes  are  listed  in  an  order  that  roughly  goes  from 
most  generalized  to  most  specialized,  although  this  arrangement  is  not  exact  nor 
does  it  necessarily  represent  any  sound  phylogenetic  sequence.  The  genera  are 
listed  in  alphabetical  order.  Notes  are  used  freely  to  help  clarify  spelling,  rank 
usage,  synonymies,  and/or  to  list  significant  or  recent  papers  dealing  with  the 
distribution  (geographic  or  temporal)  and/or  taxonomic  usage  of  a  particular 
rank  or  name.  Fossil  taxa  are  marked  with,  an  asterisk  (*),  and  their  known 
distributions  in  time  are  recorded.  For  the  European,  North  American,  and 
South  American  fossils  the  Provincial  Land  Mammal  Ages  are  also  listed.  Land 
Mammal  Ages  are  not  yet  recognized  in  Australia.  Last,  the  most  commonly 
used  and/or  diagnostic  vernacular  names  are  given  for  living  genera. 

The  following  abbreviations  are  used  for  geologic  occurrence: 


E. 
M. 

Early 
Medial 

L. 

Late 

Cretac. 

Cretaceous 

Paleoc. 

Paleocene 

Eoc. 

Eocene 

Olig. 
Mioc. 

Oligocene 
Miocene 

Plioc. 

Pliocene 

Pleist. 

Pleistocene 

R. 

Recent 

abbrevia 
Aus. 

itions  are  used  for  geographic  distribu 
Australia 

Eu. 
C.A. 

N.A. 

Europe 

Central  America  (including  Mexico) 

North  America 

S.A. 

South  America 

Tas. 

Tasmania 

MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIAUA  19 


PARTB 

DETAILED  CLASSIFICATION  OF  FAMILIES 
AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA 

I.  New  World  and  European  Marsupialia 

Fam.  Didelphidae  Gray,  1821,  p.  308  [including  Chironectida  Haeckel,  1866,  p. 
civii;  Chironectidae  (Anon.)  1897,  fide  Palmer,  1904,  p.  734;  Ceciliolemuridae 
Weigelt,  1933,  p.  146;  Genuina  Eichwald,  1831,  p.  373  (partim);  Opossina 
Wagner,  1843,  pp.  v,  39  (partim);  Scansoridae  Reichenow,  1886,  p.  143; 
Caroloameghiniidae  Ameghino,  1901,  p.  353;  Monodelphidae  Talice  et  al., 
1960,  p.  149].  "Opossums." 
Subfam.  Didelphinae'  (Gray,  1821,  p.  308)  Simpson,  1927a,  p.  5  (=DideI- 

phidae  Gray,  1821,  p.  308)  (including  Herpetotheriinae  Trouessart,  1879,  p. 

225;  Peradectini  Crochet,  1979,  p.  367;  Didelphini  Crochet,  1979,  p.  368). 

"Opossums." 

*Albertatherium  Fox,  1971,  p.  149.  L.  Cretac.  (Aquilan),  N.A. 

'Alphadon  Simpson,  1927b,  p.  125.  L.  Cretac.  (Aquilan-Landan),  N.A.;  L. 
Cretac. 2  (?),  S.A. 

*Amphiperatheriutn^  Filhol,  1879,  p.  201  (including  Oxygomphius  Meyer, 
1846,  p.  474;  ICeciliolemur  Weigelt,  1933,  p.  146;  IMiaotarsioides  Weigelt, 
1933,  p.  143).  E.  Eoc.  (Sparnadan)-L.  Mioc.  (Sarmatian),  Eu. 

*Bobbschaefferia  Paula  Couto,  1970,  p.  20  [=Schaefferia  Paula  Couto,  1952a, 
p.  12;  nee  Schaefferia  Absolon,  1900,  p.  265  (CoUemb.),  nee  Sehaefferia 
Houlbert,  1918,  p.  421  (Lepidoptera)).  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican),  S.A. 
Chironeetes**  Illiger,  1811,  p.  76  {=Memina  Fischer,  1813,  p.  579;  Cheiro- 
nectes  Gray,  1821,  p.  308;  Gamba  Liais,  1872,  p.  329).  E.  Plioc. 
(Montehermosan)*-R.,  S.A.;  R.,  C.A.  "Yapok  or  Water  Opossum." 

*Coonfl'"  Simpson,  1938,  p.  1.  E.  Eoc.  (Casamayoran),  S.A. 

*Derorhynchu$  Paula  Couto,  1952a,  p.  13.  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican),  S.A. 
Didelphis'''*  Linnaeus,  1758,  p.  54  (including  Didelphys  Schreber,  1778,  p. 
532;  Opossum  Schmid,  1818,  p.  115;  Sarigua  Muirhead,  1819,  p.  429; 
Dasyurolherium  Liais,  1872,  p.  331;  Gambatherium  Liais,  1872,  p.  331; 
Thylacotherium  Lund,  1839,  p.  223,  nee  Thylacotherium  Valenciennes, 
1838,  p.  580;  Leueodelphis  Ihering,  1914,  p.  347;  Leueodidelphys  Krum- 
biegel,  1941,  p.  34;  *Dimerodon  Ameghino,  1889,  pp.  277,  282).  M.  Pleist. 
(Ensenadan)-R.,  S.A.;  R.,  C.A.;  L.  Pleist.  (Irvingtonian)'''-R.,  N.A. 
"Common  Opossums"  or  "Zarigueyas." 

*Didelphopsis  Paula  Couto,  1952a,  p.  7.  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican),  S.A. 

*Entomacodon  Marsh,  1872,  p.  214  (?including  'Cetitraeodon  Marsh,  1872, 
p.  215).  M.  Eoc.  (Bridgerian),  N.A. 


20  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

*Ga\/lordia  Paula  Couto,  1952a,  p.  16  (including  *Xenodelphis  Paula  Couto, 

1962,  p.  160).  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican),  S.A. 
*Guggenheimia  Paula  Couto,  1952a,  p.  11.  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican),  S.A. 
*Herpetotherium  Cope,  1873,  p.  1.  E.  Eoc.  (Wasatchian)-E.  Mioc.  (Heming- 

fordian),  N.A. 
*Hondadelphys  Marshall,  1976b,  p.  405.  M.  Mioc.  (Friasian),  S.A. 
*  Hyper didelphys^    Ameghino,     1904,     p.     262    (including    Paradidelphys 

Ameghino,  1904,  p.  263;  and  Cladodidelphys  Ameghino,  1904,  p.  264).  L. 

Mioc.  (Huayquerian)-L.  Plioc.  (Chapadmalalan),  S.A. 
Lestodelphys^''  Tate,  1934,  p.  154  [=Notodelphys  Thomas,  1921,  p.  137,  nee 

Notodelphys  Allman,  1847,  p.  2  (copepod),  nee  Lichtenstein  &  Weinland, 

1854,  p.  373  (Anura)].  E.  Pleist.  (Uquian)-R.,  S.A.  "Patagonian  Opos- 
sum." 
Lutreolina^^  Thomas,  1910b,  p.  247  [=Peramys  Matschie  {nee  Lesson), 

1916a,  p.  259].  L.  Mioc.  (Huayquerian)<'-R.,  S.A.  "Thick-tailed  Opos- 
sum" or  "Comadreja  Colorada." 
Marmosa^  Gray,   1821,   p.   308   [including  Asagis  Gloger,   1842,   p.   82; 

Notogogus  Gloger,  1842,  p.  82;  Grymaeomys  Burmeister,  1854,  p.  138; 

Cuica  Liais,  1872,  p.  329;  Quiea  Cabrera,  1957,  p.  12  (misprint  for  Cuica 

Liais);  Marmosops  Matschie,  1916c,  p.  262].  M.  Mioc.  (Friasian)-R.,  S.A.; 

R.,  C.A.  "Murine  opossums"  or  "Achocayas." 
*M.armosopsis  Paula  Couto,  1962,  p.  157.  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican),  S.A. 
Metachirus^^  Burmeister,  1854,  p.  135  (as  a  subgenus,  considered  a  genus 

by  Burmeister,  1856,  p.  69).  L.  Pleist.  (Lujanian)-R.,  S.A.;  R.,  C.A. 

"Pouchless  four-eyed  Opossum"  or  "Brown  four-eyed  Opossum." 
Micoureus^  Lesson,  1842,  p.  186.  L.  Pleist.  (Lujanian)-R.,  S.A.  "Large 

murine  opossums." 
*Mimoperadectes  Bown  &  Rose,  1979,  p.  90.  E.  Eoc.  (Clarkforkian  and  early 

Wasatchian),  N.A. 
*Minusculodelphis  Paula  Couto,  1962,  p.  161.  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican),  S.A. 
*Mirandatherium  Paula  Couto,  1952c,  p.  503  [^Mirandaia  Paula  Couto, 

1952a,  p.  22,  nee  Mirandaia  Travassos,  1937,  p.  360  (Vermes)].  L.  Paleoc. 

(Riochican),  S.A. 
Monodelphis  Burnett,  1830,  p.  351  {=Peramys  Lesson,  1842,  p.  187)  (in- 
cluding Minuania  Cabrera,  1919,  p.  43;  Hemiurus  Gervais,  1855,  p.  101; 

Microdelphys  Burmeister,  1856,  p.  83;  Monodelphiops  Matschie,  1916c,  p. 

261).  L.  Mioc.  (Chasicoan)^-R.,  S.A.  "Short-tailed  Opossums." 
*Monodelphopsis  Paula  Couto,  1952a,  p.  24.  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican),  S.A. 
*Nanodelphys  McGrew,  1937,  p.  452  (including  Didelphideetes  Hough,  1961, 

p.  225).  M.  Eoc.  (Uintan)-M.  Mioc.  (Barstovian),''  N.A. 
*Paehybiotherium  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  123.  L.  Olig.  (Colhuehuapian),  S.A. 
*Peradectes^  Matthew  &  Granger,  1921,  p.  2  (including  Thylaeodon  Matthew 

&  Granger,  1921,  p.  2).  L.  Cretac.  (Landan)-E.  Eoc.  (Wasatchian), 

N.A.;  E.  Eoc.  (Sparnacian),  Eu.;  L.  Cretac.  (?),  S.A. 
*Peratherium^  Aymard,  1850,  p.  81  (including  Alaeodon  Quinet,  1964,  p. 

273).  E.  Eoc.  (Spamadan)-L.  Olig.  (Stampian),  Eu. 


MARSHALL:  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  21 

Philander"  Tiedemann,  1808,  p.  426  (including  Metachirops  Matschie, 
1916a,  p.  262;  Holothylax  Cabrera,  1919,  p.  47;  Metacherius  Sanderson, 
1949,  p.  787).  E.  Plioc.  (Montehermosan)8-R.,  S.A.;  R.,  C.A.  "Pouched 
four-eyed  Opossums"  or  "Gray"  and  "Black  four-eyed  Opossums." 

*Protodidelphis  Paula  Couto,  1952a,  p.  5.  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican),  S.A. 

*Stembergia  Paula  Couto,  1970,  p.  30.  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican),  S.A. 
77»ytemys»  Gray,  1843,  p.  101.  E.  Plioc.  (Montehermosan)-R.,  S.A.  "Small 
murine  opossums." 

*Thylathendium   Reig,   1952,   p.   125.   L.  Mioc.  (Huayquerian)-L.  Plioc, 
(Chapadmalalan),  S.A. 

*Thylophorops  Reig,  1952,  p.  124.  L.  Plioc.  (Chapadmalalan)-E.  Pleist. 
(Uquian),  S.A. 

*Zygolestes*  Ameghino,  1898,  p.  243.  E.  Plioc.  (Montehermosan),  S.A. 
Subfam.  Caluromyinae  Kirsch,  1977b,  p.  111. 

Caluromys  Allen,  1900,  p.  189  {=Philander  Burmeister,  1856,  p.  74,  nee 
Philander  Tiedemann,  1808,  p.  426)  (including  Mallodelphys  Thomas, 
1920a,  p.  195n  (as  a  subgenus,  considered  a  genus  by  Miranda  Ribeiro, 
1936,  p.  328)].  L.  Pleist.  (Lujanian)-R.,S.A.;  R.,  C.A.  "Woolly  Opos- 
sums." 

Caluromysiops  Sanborn,  1951,  p.  473.  R.,  S.A.  "Black-shouldered  Opos- 
sum." 

G/iroma*"  Thomas,  1912,  p.  239.  R.,  S.A.  "Bushy-tailed  Opossum." 
•Subfam.  Glasbiinae  Clemens,  1966,  p.  24. 

^Glasbius  Clemens,  1966,  p.  24.  L.  Cretac.  (Landan),  N.A. 

•Subfam.  Caroloameghiniinae  (Ameghino,  1901,  p.  353)  Clemens,  1966,  p.  34 
(=Caroloameghiniidae  Ameghino,  1901,  p.  353). 
*Caroloameghinia  Ameghino,  1901,  p.  354.  E.  Eoc.  (Casamayoran),  S.A. 
•Subfam.  Sparassocyninae  Reig,  1958a,  p.  249. 

*Sparassocynus**  Mercerat,  1898,  p.  59  [including  Perazoyphium  Cabrera, 
1928,  p.   335;  Gerazoyphus  L.   Kraglievich,   1934,  p.  30  (misprint  of 
Perazoyphium)].  L.  Mioc.  (Huayquerian)-E.  Pleist.  (Uquian),  S.A. 
Tam.  Pediomyidae*  (Simpson,  1927a,  p.  6)  Clemens,  1966,  p.  34  (=Pediomyinae 
Simpson,  1927a,  p.  6). 

*Aquiladelphis  Fox,  1971,  p.  155.  L.  Cretac.  (Aquilan),  N.A. 
*Pediomys  Marsh,  1889a,  p.  89  (including  Synconodon  Osborn,  1898,  p.  171; 
Protolambda  Osborn,  1898,  p.  172).  L.  Cretac.  (Aquilan-Landan),  N.A.; 
L.  Cretac.  (?), 2  S.A. 
*Fam.  Microboitheriidae  Ameghino,  1887,  p.  6  (=Microbiotheriinae  Simpson, 
1929,  p.  116)  (induding  Clenialitidae  Ameghino,  1909,  p.  204). 

Dromiciops^'*  Thomas,  1894,  p.  186.  R.,  S.A.  "Monito  del  Monte." 
*Microbiotherium*^  Ameghino,  1887,  p.  6  [including  Oligobiotherium 
Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  124;  Clenia^^  Ameghino,  1904,  p.  260;  Clenialites 
Ameghino,  1906,  p.  422;  S4iaobiotheridion  Ringuelet,  1953,  p.  280;  Had- 
rorhynchus  Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  311;  Eodidelphys  Ameghino,  1891b,  p. 
310;  Prodidelphys  Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  310;  Proteodidelphys  Ameghino, 


22  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

1898,  p.  187;  Stylognathus  Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  309;  Phonocdromus 
Ameghino,  1894,  p.  355  (partim)].  L.  Olig.  (Colhuehuapian)-E.  Mioc. 
(Santacrucian),  S.A. 

*Fam.  Stagodontidae  Marsh,  1889b,  p.  178  (=Thlaeodontidae  Cope,  1892,  p. 
760;  Didelphodontinae  Simpson,  1927b,  p.  124;  Thlaeodontinae  Hay,  1930,  p. 
390). 

*Boreodon^^  Lambe,  1902,  p.  79.  L.  Cretac.  (Judithian),  N.A. 
*Delphodon  Simpson,  1927b,  p.  127.  L.  Cretac.  (Lancian),  N.A. 
*Didelphodon^^  Marsh,  1889a,  p.  88  (including  D/de/;7/io^s  Marsh,  1889a,  p. 
88,  inserted  errata;  Stagodon  Marsh,  1889b,  p.  178;  Thlaeodon  Cope,  1892, 
p.  759;  Edoconodon  Osborn,  1898,  p.  171;  Diaphorodon  Simpson,  1927b, 
p.  127).  L.  Cretac.  (Edmontonian-Lancian),  N.A. 
*Eodelphis  Matthew,  1916,  p.  482.  L.  Cretac.  (Aquilan-Judithian),  N.A. 

*Fam.  Borhyaenidae  Ameghino,  1894,  p.  371  (including  Amphiproviverridae 
Ameghino,  1894,  pp.  333n,  389;  Acyonidae'^  Ameghino,  1889,  p.  894;  Cladic- 
tidae  Winge,  1923,  p.  77;  Hathliacynidae  Ameghino,  1894,  p.  382;  Prothylacy- 
nidae  Ameghino,  1894,  p.  377;  Sparassodontidae  Roger,  1896,  p.  16;  Pro- 
borhyaenidae  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  501;  Cladosictidae  Ameghino,  1935,  p.  131; 
Conodonictidae  Ameghino,  1935,  p.  131). 

*Subfam.  Hathlyacyninae  (Ameghino,  1894,  p.  382)  Kirsch,  1977b,  p.  112  (in- 
cluding Acyonidae  Ameghino,  1889,  p.  894;  Hathliacynidae  Ameghino, 
1894,  p.  382;  Amphiproviverridae  Ameghino,  1894,  pp.  333n,  389;  Cladic- 
tidae  Winge,  1923,  p.  77;  Cladosictidae  Ameghino,  1935,  p.  131;  Cladosic- 
tinae  Cabrera,  1927,  p.  273). 
*Anathenum  Ameghino,  1887,  p.  8  (including  An/o«  Ameghino,  1887,  p.  8). 

L.  Olig.  (Colhuehuapian)-E.  Mioc.  (Santacrucian),  S.A. 
*Borhyaenidium  Pascual  &  Bocchino,  1963,  p.  101.  L.  Mioc.  (Huayquer- 

ian)-E.  Plioc.  (Montehermosan),  S.A. 
*Chasicostylus  Reig,  1957b,  p.  29.  L.  Mioc.  (Chasicoan),  S.A. 
*CladosicHs  Ameghino,  1887,  p.  7  (including  CladicHs  (sic)  Winge,  1923,  p. 

67;  Hathliacynus  Ameghino,  1887,  p.  7;  Agustylus  Ameghino,  1887,  p.  7; 

Ictioborus  Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  315).  L.  Olig.  (Colhuehuapian)-E.  Mioc. 

(Santacrucian),  S.A. 
*Notictis  Ameghino,  1889,  p.  911.  L.  Mioc.  (Huayquerian),  S.A. 
*Notocynus  Mercerat,  1891b,  p.  81.  E.  Plioc.  (Montehermosan),  S.A. 
*Notogale  Loomis,  1914,  p.  216.  E.  Olig.  (Deseadan),  S.A. 
*Patene  Simpson,  1935a,  p.  3  {including  Ischyrodidelphis  Paula  Couto,  1952a, 

p.  9).  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican)-E.  Eoc.  (Casamayoran),  S.A. 
*Perathereutes  Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  313.  E.  Mioc.  (Santacrucian),  S.A. 
*Prodadosictis  Ameghino,  1902c,  p.  46.  M.  Eoc.  (Mustersan),  S.A. 
*Pseudonotictis  Marshall,  1981,  p.  19.  E.  Mioc.  (Santacrucian),  S.A. 
*Sipaloc}/on  Ameghino,  1887,  p.  8  [including  Amphithereutes  Ameghino, 

1935,    p.    108;    Thylacodidis    Mercerat,    1891a,    p.    54;   Protoproviverra 

Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  312,  nee  Lemoine,  1891,  p.  279  (Creodonta);  Am- 

phiproviverra   Ameghino,    1891c,    p.    397n    to   replace  Protoproviverra 


MARSHALL:  FAMILIES  AND  G ENERA  OF  MARSUPIALI A  23 

Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  312).  L.  Olig.  (Colhuehuapian)-E.  Mioc.  (Santa- 
crucian),  S.A. 
•Subfam.  Borhyaeninae  (Ameghino,  1894,  p.  371)  Cabrera,  1927,  p.  273  (in- 
cluding Borhyaenidae  Ameghino,  1894,  p.  371;  Sparassodontidae  Roger, 
18%,  p.  16;  Conodonictidae  Ameghino,  1935,  p.  131). 
*Acroa/on  Ameghino,  1887,  p.  8.  L.  Olig.  (Colhuehuapian)-E.  Mioc.  (San- 

tacrucian),  S.A. 
* Angelocabrerus  Simpson,  1970b,  p.  2.  E.  Eoc.  (Casamayoran),  S.A. 
*Arctodictis  Mercerat,  1891a,  p.  51.  L.  Olig.  (Colhuehuapian)-E.  Mioc. 

(Santacrucian),  S.A. 
*Argyrolestes  Ameghino,  1902c,  p.  48.  E.  Eoc.  (Casamayoran),  S.A. 
*Borhyaaia  Ameghino,  1887,  p.  8  (including  Dynamictis  Ameghino,  1891a, 
p.  148;  Couodonictis  Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  314;  Pseudoborhyacna  Ame- 
ghino,  1902b,   p.   125).   L.   Olig.   (Colhuehuapian)-E.    MicK.   (Santa- 
crucian),  S.A. 
*Eutemnodus  Burmeister,  1885,  p.  97  (including  Apcra  Ameghino,  1886,  p. 

13).  L.  Mioc.  (Huayquerian)-E.  Plioc.  (Montehermosan),  S.A. 
*Nemolestes  Ameghino,  1902c,  p.  48.  E.  Eoc.  (Casamayoran),  S.A. 
*Parahyaenodon  Ameghino,  1904,  p.  266.  E.  Plioc.  (Montehermosan),  S.A. 
*Pharsophorus  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  502.  E.  Olig.  (Deseadan),  S.A. 
*Plesiofelis  Roth,  1903,  p.  156.  M.  Eoc.  (Mustersan),  S.A. 
•Subfam.  Prothylacyninae'"  (Ameghino,  1894,  p.  377)  Trouessart,  1898,  p.  1211 
(=Prothylacynidae  Ameghino,  1894,  p.  377). 
*Lycopsis  Cabrera,  1927,  p.  295.  E.  Mioc.  (Santacrucian)-M.  Mioc.  (Fria- 

sian),'»«S.A. 
*Prothylacynus  Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  312  (including  Prolhylacocyon  Winge, 
1923,  p.  67;  Napodonictis  Ameghino,  1894,  p.  380).  E.  Mioc.  (Santacru- 
cian), S.A. 
*Pseudolycopsis  Marshall,  1976e,  p.  291.  L.  Mioc.  (Chasicoan),  S.A. 
*Pseudothylacynus  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.   127.  L.  Olig.  (Colhuehuapian), 

S.A. 
*Stylocynus  Mercerat,  1917,  p.  20.  L.  Mioc.  (Huayquerian),  S.A. 
•Subfam.  Proborhyaeninae  (Ameghino,  1897,  p.  501)  Trouessart,  1898,  p.  1211 
(including  Proborhyaenidae  Ameghino,   1897,  p.  501;  Arminiheringiidae 
Ameghino,  1902a,  p.  'i\6mm\en  nudum,  1902c,  p.  44). 
*Armimheringia  Ameghino,   1902c,   p.  44  (including  Dilestes  Ameghino, 

1902c,  p.  46).  E.  Eoc.  (Casamayoran),  S.A. 
*Proborhyacna  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  501.  E.  Olig.  (Deseadan),  S.A. 
•Fam.  Thylacosmilidae  (Riggs,  1933,  p.  65)  Marshall,  1976a,  p.  8  (=Thylacos- 
milinae  Riggs,  1933,  p.  65). 

*Achlysictis  Ameghino,  1891a,  p.  \47  {induding  Acrohyaenodon  Ameghino, 
1904,  p.  267).  L.  Mioc.  (Huayquerian)-E.  Plioc.  (Montehermosan), 
S.A. 
*Hyaenodonops  Ameghino,  1908,  p.  423.  L.  Plioc.  (Chapadmalalan),  S.A. 

*Notosmilus  Kraglievich,  1960,  p.  55.  L.  Plioc.  (Chapadmalalan),  S.A. 


24  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

*Thylacosmilus  Riggs,  1933,  p.  61.  L.  Mioc.  (Huayquerian)-E.  Plioc.  (Mon- 
tehermosan),  S.A. 

Tam.  Argyrolagidae  Ameghino,  1904,  p.  255  (including  Microtragulidae  Reig, 
1955b,  p.  61). 

*Argyrolagus^'^    Ameghino,     1904,     p.     255.     Plioc.     (Montehermosan- 
Chapadmalalan),  S.A. 

*Microtragulus  Ameghino,  1904,  p.  191.  L.  Mioc.  (Huayquerian)-E.  Pleist. 
(Uquian),  S.A. 

Fam.   Caenolestidae"*'^^  Trouessart,   1898,   p.   1205  (including  Epanorthidae 
Ameghino,  1889,  pp.  268,  270;  Abderitesidaei^  (sic)  Ameghino,  1889,  pp.  268, 
269;  Garzonidae  Ameghino,   1891b,  pp.   304,  307;  Decastidae  Ameghino, 
1893b,  p.  79;  Palaeothentidae  Osgood,  1921,  pp.  143,  151). 
Subfam.  Caenolestinae^^  (Trouessart,  1898,  p.  1205)  Sinclair,  1906,  p.  416 
(=Caenolestidae  Trouessart,  1898,  p.  1205,  sensu  stricto;  Caenolestini  Winge, 
1923,  p.  84)  (including  Garzonidae  Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  304). 
Tribe  Caenolestini  (Trouessart,  1898,  p.  1205)  Winge,  1923,  p.  84.  ^^ 
Caenolestes'*^  Thomas,  1895a,  p.  367  [=Hyracodon  Tomes,  1863,  p.  50,  nee 
Hyracodon  Leidy,  1856,  p.  91  (Perissodactyla)].  R.,  S.A.  "Opossum-rat." 
Lestoros  Oehser,  1934,  p.  240  [=Orolestes  Thomas,  1917,  p.  3,  nee  Orolestes 
MacLachlan,  1895,  p.  21  (a  dragonfly);  Cryptolestes  Tate,  1934,  p.  154,  nee 
Cryptolestes  Ganglbauer,  1899,  p.  608  (a  subgenus  of  beetles)].  R.,  S.A. 
"Opossum-rat." 
*Pseudhalmarhiphus  Ameghino,  1899,  p.  7.  E.  Olig.  (Deseadan),  S.A. 
*Stilotheriuni^  Ameghino,  1887,  p.  7  (including  Garzonia  Ameghino,  1891b, 
p.  307;  Halmarhiphus^^  Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  308;  Parhalmarhiphus^'' 
Ameghino,  1894,  p.  356).  E.  Mioc.  (Santacrudan),  S.A. 
Rhyneholestes  Osgood,  1924,  p.  169.  R.,  S.A.  "Chilean  Opossum-rat." 
*Tribe  Pichipilini  Marshall,  1980,  p.  40.^5 
*Pliolestes^^  Reig,  1955b,  p.  66.  L.  Mioc.  (Chasicoan)-E.  Plioc.  (Monteher- 

mosan),  S.A. 
*Phonoedromus  Ameghino,  1894,  p.  355.  E.  Mioc.  (Santacrudan),  S.A. 
*Piehipilus  Ameghino,  1890,  p.  155.  L.  Olig.  (Colhuehuapian)-E.  Mioc. 
(Santacrudan),  S.A. 
*  Subfam.   Palaeothentinae   Sinclair,    1906,   p.   417   [including   Epanorthidae 
Ameghino,  1889.  pp.  268,  270  sensu  strieto;  Epanorthini  Winge,  1923,  p.  84 
(partim);  Decastidae  Ameghino,  1893b,  p.  79;  Epanorthinae  Trouessart,  1904, 
p.  840;  Palaeothentidae  Osgood,  1921,  pp.  143,  151]. 
*Aedestis  Ameghino,  1887,  p.  5  (including  Dipilus  Ameghino,  1890,  p.  153; 
Decastis  Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  305;  Callomenus  Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  306). 
E.  Olig.  (Deseadan)-E.  Mioc.  (Santacrudan),  S.A. 
*Palaeothentes^^  Ameghino,  1887,  p.  5  [=Palaeothentes  Moreno,  1882,  p.  122 
{nomen  nudum)]  (including  Epanorthus  Ameghino,  1889,  p.  271;  Essoprion 
Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  306;  Halmadromus  Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  306;  Hal- 
maselus  Ameghino,  1891b,  p.  306;  Palaepanorthus  Ameghino,  1902b,  p. 
123;  Metriodromus  Ameghino,  1894,  p.  342;  Metaepanorthus^^  Ameghino, 


MARSHALL:  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  25 

1894,  p.  348;  Paraepanorthus  Ameghino,  1894,  p.  349;  Prepaixorthus 
Ameghino,  1894,  p.  350;  Cladoclinus  Ameghino,  1894,  p.  358;  Pilchenia 
Ameghino,  1903,  p.  128).  E.  Olig.  (Deseadan)-E.  Mioc.  (Santacrucian), 
S.A. 

*Subfam.  Abderitinae  (Ameghino,  1889,  pp.  268,  269)  Sinclair,  1906,  p.  417 
[including  Abderitesidae  {sic)  Ameghino,  1889,  pp.  268,  269;  Epanorthini 
Winge,  1923,  p.  84  iparUm)]. 
*Tribe  Parabderitini  Marshall,  1980,  p.  43. 
*Parabderites  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  121  (including  Tideus  Ameghino,  1890, 
p.  157,  nee  Tydeus  Koch,  1837,  table  II  (Arachnida),  nee  Sauvage,  1870,  p. 
23  (Pisces);  Tidaeus  Ameghino,   1893a,  p.   15;  Mannodon  Ameghino, 
1893a,  p.  15).  E.  Olig.  (Deseadan)-E.  Mioc.  (Santacrucian),  S.A. 
•Tribe  Abderitini  (Ameghino,  1889,  pp.  268,  269)  Marshall,  1980,  p.  47  (=  Ab- 
deritesidae (sic)  Ameghino,  1889,  pp.  268,  269). 
*Abderites^^  Ameghino,   1887,  p.   5  (including  Homunculites  Ameghino, 

1902b,  p.  73).  L.  Olig.  (Colhuehuapian)-E.  Mioc.  (Santacrucian),  S.A. 
*Pitheculites  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  74  (including  Eomannodon  Ameghino, 
1902b,  p.  119;  Micrabderites  Simpson,  1932,  p.  6).  L.  Olig.  (Colhuehua- 
pian),  S.A. 

•Fam.    Polydolopidae"   Ameghino,    1897,    p.    4%   (including   Promysopidae 
Ameghino,  1902a,  p.  36). 

*Amphidolops  Ameghino,  1902c,  p.  42  (including  Anadolops  Ameghino, 

1903,  p.  186).  E.  Eoc.  (Casamayoran),  S.A. 
*Epidolops  Paula  Couto,  1952b,  p.  7.  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican),  S.A. 
*Eudolops  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  498  (including  Promysops  Ameghino,  1902a, 
p.  36;  Propolymastodon  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  100).  E.  Eoc.  (Casamayoran), 
S.A. 

*Polydolops  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  497  (including  PseM(io/ops  Ameghino,  1902c, 
p.  40;  Pliodolops  Ameghino,  1902c,  p.  41;  Orthodolops  Ameghino,  1903, 
p.  130;  Anissodolops  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  148;  Arehaeodolops  Ameghino, 
1903,  p.  150).  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican)-M.  Eoc.  (Mustersan),''^  S.A. 

*Seumadia  Simpson,  1935a,  p.  5.  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican),  S.A. 
•Fam.  Groeberiidae  Patterson,  1952,  p.  39. 

•Grw*mfl*»  Patterson,  1952,  p.  39.  L.  Eoc.  (Divisaderan),  S.A. 
MARSUPIALIA  ineertae  sedis 

*Ideodelphys  Ameghino,  1902c,  p.  43.  E.  Eoc.  (Casamayoran),  S.A. 

*Progar2onia  Ameghino,  1904,  p.  260.  E.  Eoc.  (Casamayoran),  S.A. 

*Eobrasilia  Simpson,  1947,  p.  2.  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican),  S.A. 
MARSUPIALIA(?) 

*Gashtemia  Simpson,  1935a,  p.  7.  L.  Paleoc.  (Riochican),  S.A. 

*Holoclemensia  Slaughter,  1968b,  p.  1306  [=Clemensia  Slaughter,  1968a,  p. 
254,  nee  Clemensia  Packard,  1864,  p.  100  (Lepidoptera)]. 

*Potamotelses  Fox,  1972,  p.  1483.  L.  Cretac.  (Aquilan),  N.A. 

*Camptomus"  Marsh,  1889a,  p.  87.  L.  Cretac.  (Landan),  N.A. 


26  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

II.  Australasian  Marsupialia 

Fam.  Dasyuridae  (Goldfuss,  1820,  pp.  xxxiii,  447)  Waterhouse,  1838  (fide 
Waterhouse,  1841,  p.  60)  [=Dasyurini  Goldfuss,  1820,  pp.  xxxiii,  447;  Opos- 
sina  Wagner,  1843,  pp.  v,  39  (partim)]. 

Subfam.  Dasyurinae  (Goldfuss,  1820,  pp.  xxxiii,  447)  Thomas,  1888,  p.  253 
(=Dasyurini  Goldfuss,  1820,  pp.  xxxiii,  447)  [including  Phascogalina 
Bonaparte,  1850,  p.  1;  Phascogalinae  Gill,  1872,  p.  26;  Antechini  Murray, 
1866,  pp.  XV,  286;  Sarcophilinae  Gill,  1872,  p.  26]. 

Tribe  Dasyurini  Goldfuss,  1820,  p.  xxxiii,  447  (=Dasyurini  Moeller,  1973a,  p. 
300). 

*Ankotarinja  Archer,  1976d,  p.  53.  M.  Mioc,  Aus. 
Antechinomys^^  Krefft,  1867,  p.  434.  Pleist.-R.,  Aus.  "Kultarr,  Wuhl- 

Wuhl." 
Antechinus  MacLeay,  1841,  p.  241  (including  Parantechinus  Tate,  1947,  p. 
137;  Pseudantechinus  Tate,  1947,  p.  139).  Pleist.-R.,  Aus.;  R.,  Tas.;  R., 
New  Guinea.  "Antechinus,  Dibbler,  Mardo." 
Dasycercus  Peters,  1875,  p.  73  [=Chaetocercus  Krefft,  1867,  p.  434,  nee  Gray, 
1855,  p.  22  (Aves);  Amperta  Cabrera,  1919,  p.  65].  Pleist.-R.,  Aus. 
"Mulgara." 
Dasyuroides  Spencer,  1896,  p.  36.  Pleist.-R.,  Aus.  "Kowari." 
Dasyurus  Geoffroy,  1796,  p.  469  (including  Nasira  Harvey,  1841,  p.  210, 
Dasyurinus  Matschie,  1916a,  p.  262;  Notoctonus  Pocock,  1926,  p.  1082, 
Dasyurops  Matschie,  1916a,  p.  262;  Stictophonus  Pocock,  1926,  p.  1083, 
Satanellus  Pocock,  1926,  p.  1083).  PUoc^^.r.,  Aus.;  R.,  Tas.,  New 
Guinea.  "Native  Cat,  QuoU,  Chuditch,  Tiger  cat,  Satanellus." 
*Keeuna  Archer,  1976d,  p.  64.  M.  Mioc,  Aus. 
Murexia  Tate  &  Archbold,  1937,  pp.  335n,  339.  R.,  New  Guinea. 
Myoictis  Gray,  1858,  p.  112.  R.,  New  Guinea. 
Neophascogale  Stein,  1933,  p.  87.  R.,  New  Guinea. 
Ningaui  Archer,  1975,  p.  239.  R.,  Aus.  "Ningaui." 

Phascogale  Temminck,  1827,  pp.  xxiii,  23n,  56  {=Phascologale  Lenz,  1831, 

pp.  156-157;  Ascogale  Gloger,  1841,  pp.  xxx,  83;  Tapoa  Lesson,  1842,  p. 

190)  (including  Phascolictis  Matschie,  1916a,  p.  263).  Pleist.-R.,  Aus. 

"Phascogale,  Tuan,  Wambenger." 

Phascolosorex  Matschie,  1916a,  p.  263.  M.  Plioc.-R.,  New  Guinea. 

Planigale'^^  Troughton,    1928,   p.    282.   Plioc.-R.,   Aus.,    New  Guinea. 

"Planigale." 
Sminthopsis  Thomas,  1887d,  p.  503  [=Podabrus  Gould,  1845a,  p.  79;  1845  b, 
text  to  pi.  47,  V.  1,  nee  Fischer  von  Waldheim  in  Westwood,  1840,  p.  27 
(Coleoptera)].  Pleist.-R.,  Aus.;  R.,  Tas.,  New  Guinea.  "Dunnart." 
*Wakamatha  Archer  &  Rich,  1979,  p.  309.  ?M.  Mioc,  Aus. 
Tribe  Sarcophilini  (Gill,  1872,  p.  26)  Moeller,  1973a,  p.  300. 
*Glaueodon  SHrton,  1957a,  p.  129.  E.  Pleist.,  Aus. 

Sarcophilus  Geoffroy  &  Cuvier,  1837,  p.  6  {=Ursinus  Boitard,  1841,  p.  290; 
Diabolus  Gray,  in  Grey,  1841,  p.  400).  Pleist. '♦'-R.  (now  extinct),  Aus.; 
Pleist.-R.,  Tas.  "Tasmanian  Devil." 


MARSHALL:  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIAUA  27 

Fam.  Myrmecobiidae  Waterhouse,  1838,  fide  Waterhouse,  1841,  p.  60  |=Am- 
bulatoria  Owen,  1841a,  p.  332;  Opossina  Wagner,  1843,  pp.  v,  39  (partim); 
Myrmecobiinae  Gill,  1872,  p.  26). 

MymifCoWus'"  Waterhouse,  1836,  p.  69.  L.  Pleist.-R.,  Aus.,  "Numbat." 
*Fam.  Thylacinidae  Bonaparte,  1838,  p.  113  (=ThyIacininae  Bensley,  1903,  p.  91). 
*Thylacinus  Temnninck,  1827,  p.  60  {=Thylacynu$  Temminck,  1827,  p.  23; 
Paracyon  Gray,  1827,  p.  192;  Peralopex  Gloger,  1841,  p.  82).  L.  Mioc.-R. 
(now  extinct),  Aus.*";  Pleist.-R.  (now  extinct),  Tas.;  Plioc.-Pleist.,  New 
Guinea.*^  "Tasmanian  wolf." 

Fam.  Peramelidae*"'  (Gray,  1825,  p.  340)  Waterhouse,  1838,  fide  Waterhouse, 
1841,  p.  60  l=Peramelina  Gray,  1825,  p.  340;  Opossina  Wagner,  1843,  pp.  v,  39 
(partim);  Syndactylina  Wagner,  1855,  pp.  xiii,  209;  Peramelinae  Bensley,  1903, 
p.  110]  (including  Choeropodinae  Gill,  1872,  p.  26). 

Chaeropus  Ogilby,  1838,  p.  25  {=Choeropus  Gray  m  Mitchell,  1839,  p.  131). 

E.  Pleist.-R.,  Aus.  "Pig-footed  bandicoot." 
Echymipera  Lesson,  1842,  p.  192  (including  Brflc/iymf/Zs  Miklouho-MacLay, 

1884,  p.  713;  Anuromeles  Heller,  1897,  p.  5;  Suillomeles  Allen  &  Barbour, 

1909,  p.  44).  R.,  Aus.,  New  Guinea  and  surrounding  islands.  "Rufous 

Spiny  Bandicoot." 
Isoodon  Desmarest,  1817,  p.  409  {=Thylacis  of  Simpson,  1945,  p.  44  and 

others,  nee  Thylacis  Illiger,  1811,  p.  76").  Pleist.-R.,  Aus.;  R.,  Tas.,  New 

Guinea.  "Short-Nosed  Bandicoot,  Brown  Bandicoot,  Quenda,  Win- 

larro." 
Microperorycles  Stein,  1932,  p.  256.  R.,  New  Guinea. 
Perameles  Geoffroy,  1804,  p.  56,  pi.  44  {=Thylads  Illiger,  1811,  p.  76;  Thylax 

Oken,  1816,  p.  1128).  Plioc.-R.,  Aus.;  R.,  Tas.  "Long-nosed  bandicoot. 

Barred  bandicoot.  Marl." 
Peroryctes  Thomas,  1906,  p.  476  (including  Omoryctes  Tate  &  Archbold, 

1937,  p.  352).  R.,  New  Guinea. 
Rhynchomeles  Thomas,  1920b,  p.  430.  R.,  New  Guinea  (Ceram). 

Fam.  Thylacomyidae"  (Bensley,  1903,  p.  110)  Archer  &  Kirsch,  1977,  p.  23 
(=Thylacomyinae  Bensley,  1903,  p.  110). 

*lschnodon  Stirton,  1955,  p.  249.  Plioc.,  Aus. 

MacroHs  Reid,  1837,  p.  131,  nee  Dejean,  1834,  p.  186,  nomai  nudum 
(Coleoptera)  \=Thylaeomys  Anon.,  1838,  p.  747  (nomen  nudum);  Owen, 
1838b,  p.  747  (nomen  nudum);  Thalacomys  Blyth,  1840,  p.  104  (misprint); 
Paragalia  Gray,  in  Grey,  1841,  p.  401;  Peragale''^  Thomas,  1887a,  p.  397). 
Pleist.-R.,  Aus.  "Rabbit-eared  bandicoot,  Bilby,  Dalgyte,  Yallara." 

Fam.  Notoryctidae  Ogilby,  1892,  p.  5. 

Notoryctes*^  SHrling,  1891,  p.  154  \=Psammoryctes  Stirling,  1889,  p.  158  nee 
Psammoryctes  Poeppig,  1835,  p.  252  (Rodentia);  Neoryetes^''  Stirling, 
1891,  p.  186).  R.,  Aus.  "Marsupial  mole." 

Fam.  Phalangeridae  Thomas,  1888,  p.  126  (=Phalangistadae  Gray,  1821,  p.  308; 
Phalangistidae  Owen,  1841a,  p.  332;  Trichosuridae  Flynn,  1911,  p.  120). 
Subfam.  Phalangerinae  (Thomas,  1888,  p.  126)  (including  Genuina  Eichwald, 
1831,  p.  373  {partim);  Marsupidae  Swainson,  1835,  p.  391  {partim)]. 


28  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

Phalanger  Storr,  1780,  p.  33  i=Phalangista  Geoffrey  &  Cuvier,  1795,  p.  183; 
Coescoes  Lacepede,  1799,  p.  5;  Balantia  Illiger,  1811,  p.  77;  Sipalus  Fischer 
von  Waldheim,  1813,  pp.  ix,  581;  Cuscus  Lesson,  1826,  p.  150;  Ceonyx 
Temminck,  1827,  p.  10;  Ailurops  Wagler,  1830,  p.  26)  (including  Eucuscus 
Gray,  1862,  p.  316;  Spilocuscus  Gray,  1862,  p.  316;  Strigoa4scus  Gray, 
1862,  p.  319).  E.  PHoc.-R.,  Aus.;  R.,  Celebes,  Moluccas,  New  Guinea, 
Bismarks,  Solomons.  "Cuscus." 
Subfam.  Trichosurinae  (Flynn,  1911,  p.  120)  Kirsch,  1977b,  p.  112. 

Trichosurus  Lesson,  1828,  p.  333  {=Cercaertus  Burmeister,  1837,  p.  814; 
Psilogrammurus  Gloger,  1841,  p.  85;  Trichurus  Wagner,  1843,  p.  74). 
Plioc.-R.,  Aus.;  Pleist.-R.,  Tas.  "Brush-tailed  possum." 
Wyulda  Alexander,  1919,  p.  31.  R.,  Aus.  "Scaly- tailed  possum." 
*Fam.  Ektopodontidae  Stirton,  Tedford  &  Woodbume,  1967,  p.  437. 

*Ektopodon  Stirton,  Tedford  &  Woodburne,  1967,  p.  438.  M.  Mioc,  Aus. 
Fam.  Petauridae  (Gill,  1872,  p.  25)  Kirsch,  1968a,  p.  420  (=Petaurina  Bonaparte, 
1838,  p.  112;  Petaurinae  Gill,  1872,  p.  25;  Petaurusideae  Lesson,  1842,  p.  189). 
Subfam.  Petaurinae  Gill,  1872,  p.  25. 

Gytnnobelideus  McCoy,  1867,  p.  287  (including  *Palaeopetaurus  Broom, 

1895,  p.  ii.).  Pleist.-R.,  Aus.  "Leadbeater's  possum." 
Petaurus  Shaw  &  Nodder,  1791,  pi.  60  {=Ptilotus  Fischer  von  Waldheim, 
1814,  p.  512)  (including  Belideus  Waterhouse,  1839,  p.  151;  Xenochirus 
Gloger,  1841,  p.  xxx,  85;  Petaurella  Matschie,  1916a,  p.  261;  Petaurula 
Matschie,  1916a,  p.  261).  Pleist.-R.,  Aus.;  Tas.  (introduced);  R.,  New 
Guinea.  "Yellow-bellied  glider,  sugar  glider,  squirrel  glider." 
Subfam.  Pseudocheirinae  Winge,  1893,  p.  99  (=Pseudochirini  Winge,  1893, 
pp.  89,  100). 
Pseudocheirus  Ogilby,  1837,  p.  457  {=Hepoona  Gray,  m  Grey,  1841,  p.  402) 
(including  Hemibelideus  Collett,  1884,  p.  385;  Pseudocheirops  Matschie, 
1915,  p.  86;  Pseudochirulus  Matschie,  1915,  p.  91;  Petropseudes  Thomas, 
1923,  p.  250).  Plioc.-R.,  Aus.;  R.,  Tas.,  New  Guinea.  "Ring-tail  pos- 
sum." 
*Pseudokoala  Turnbull  &  Lundelius,  1970,  p.  26.  Plioc,  Aus. 
Schoinobates''''  Lesson,  1842,  p.  190  {-Petaurista  Waterhouse,  1846,  p.  320 
nee  Link,  1795,  p.  52;  Petauroides  Thomas,  1888,  p.  163).  Pleist.-R.,  Aus. 
"Greater  glider." 
Subfam.  Dactylopsilinae  Kirsch,  1977b,  p.  113. 

Daetylopsila  Gray,  1858,  p.  109  (including  Daetylonax  Thomas,  1910a,  p. 
610).  R.,  Aus.,  New  Guinea.  "Striped  possum." 
Fam.  Burramyidae  (Broom,  1898,  p.  63)  Kirsch,  1968b,  p.  45  (=Burramyinae 
Broom,  1898,  p.  63). 

Aerobates  Desmarest,  1817,  p.  405  {=Cercoptenus  Gloger,  1841,  p.  44). 

Pleist.-R.,  Aus.  "Feather- tail  glider." 
Burramys^^  Broom,    1895,   p.   ii.   Pleist.-R.,   Aus.    "Mountain  pygmy- 
possum." 
Cereartetus^''  Gloger,  ante  May,  1841,  p.  85  {=Dromicia  Gray  in  Grey,  1841, 
p.  401)  (including  Eudromicia  Mjoberg,  January,  1916,  p.  13;  Dromiciella 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIAUA  29 

Matschie,  1916a,  p.  260;  Dromidola  Matschie,  1916a,  p.  260).  Pleist.-R., 
Aus.;  R.,  Tas.,  New  Guinea.  "Dormouse  or  Pygmy  possum." 
Distoechurus  Peters,  1874,  p.  303.  R.,  New  Guinea.  "Pen-tailed  possum." 
Fam.  Macropodidae*"  Gray,  1821,  p.  308  (=Macropidae  Gray,  1821,  p.  308; 
Burnett,  1830,  p.  351;  Halmaturidae  Bonaparte,  1831,  p.  19;  Halmaturini 
Goldfuss,  1820,  pp.  xxiii,  445;  Marsupidae  Swainson,  1835,  p.  391  (partim); 
Macropodidae  Owen,  1839b,  p.   19;  Dendrolagina  Bonaparte,   1850,  p.   1; 
Kangeroidae  Gray,  1858,  p.  108;  Hypsiprymnoidea  Ameghino,  1894,  p.  331; 
Potoroidae  Pearson,  1950,  p.  211;  Protemnodontidae  DeVis,  1883c,  p.  221). 
Subfam.  Macropodinae  (Gray,  1821,  p.  308)  Thomas,  1888,  p.  10  (=Mac- 
ropodineae  Lesson,  1842,  p.  193). 
Tribe  Macropodini  (Gray,  1821,  p.  308)  new  rank. 
Dendrolagus  MuUer&  Schlegel,  1839,  p.  138.  R.,  Aus.,  New  Guinea.  'Tree 

Kangaroo." 
Dorcopsis  Schlegel  &  MiiUer,  1842,  p.  130.  Plioc.,  Aus.;  R.,  New  Guinea. 
*Dorcopsoides  Woodbume,  l%7b,  p.  43.  L.  Mioc.,  Aus. 
Dorcopsulus  Matschie,  1916b,  p.  57.  R.,  New  Guinea. 
*Fissuridon  Bartholomai,  1973b,  p.  365.  Pleist.,  Aus. 
*Hadronomas  Woodbume,  l%7b,  p.  83.  L.  Mioc.,  Aus. 
Lagorchestes''^  Gould,   1841,   text  to  pi.   XIL   Pleist.-R.,   Aus.   "Hare- 

WaUaby." 
Lagostrophus  Thomas,  1887c,  p.  544.  R.,  Aus.  "Banded  hare- wallaby." 
Macropus*^  Shaw  &  Nodder,  1790,  text  to  pi.  XXXIII.  {=Gigantom\fs  Link, 
1794,  p.  70;  Kangurus  Geoffroy  &  Cuvier,  1795,  p.  188;  Halmaturus  II- 
liger,  1811,  p.  80;  Osphranter*^  Gould,  1842,  p.  80;  Megaleia''^  Gistel, 
1848,  p.  ix;  Gerboides  Gervais,  1855,  p.  271;  Boriogale  Owen,  1874a,  p. 
247;  Phascolagus  Owen,  1874a,  p.  262;  Leptosiagon  Owen,  1874b,  p.  785"; 
Dendrodorcopsis  Rothschild,  1903,  p.  414).  Plioc.-R.,  Aus.;  Pleist.-R., 
Tas.;  R.,  New  Guinea.  "Gray  Kangaroo,  Red  Kangaroo,  Euro,  Wal- 
laroo, Wallaby  (in  part)." 
Onychogalea  Gray,  in  Grey,  1841,  p.  402.  Pleist. -R.,  Aus.  "Nailtail  wal- 
laby." 
Peradorcas  Thomas,  1904,  p.  226.  R.,  Aus.  "Little  Rock- Wallaby." 
Pe/rogfl/^  Gray,  1837,  p.  583.  Pleist.-R.,  Aus.  "Rock- Wallaby." 
*Prionotemnus  Stirton,  1955,  p.  252.  Plioc. -Pleist.,  Aus. 
*Protemnodon^'*  Owen,  1874a,  p.  274.  Mioc.,"  Plioc.-Pleist.,  Aus.;  Pleist., 

Tas.;  Plioc.,  New  Guinea. 
Setonix  Lesson,  1842,  p.  194.  Pleist.-R.,  Aus.  "Quokka." 
*Symptodon  DeVis,  1889a,  p.  158.  Pleist.,  Aus. 

Thylogale  Gray,  1837,  p.  583.  Plioc.-R.,  Aus.;  Pleist.-R.,  Tas.;  R.,  New 
Guinea.  "Pademelon." 
*Troposodon  Bartholomai,  1%7,  p.  22.  Plioc.-Pleist.,  Aus. 
^Ylabularoo  Archer,  1979,  p.  299.  L.  Mioc.,  Aus. 

Wallabia^o  Trouessart,  1905,  p.  834n.  Pleist.-R.,  Aus.  "Swamp  Wallaby, 
Black  WaUaby." 


30  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

*Tribe  Sthenurini  (Glauert,  1926,  p.  71)  new  rank  (=Sthenuridae  Glauert, 
1926,  p.  71;  Sthenurinae  Raven,  1929,  p.  254). 
*Sthenurus^^  (Owen,  1873a,  p.  128)  Owen,  1874a,  p.  265  (including  Simo- 

sthenurus  Tedford,  1966,  p.  10).  Plioc.-Pleist.,  Aus.;  Pleist.,  Tas. 
*Procoptodon^^  (Owen,   1873b,  p.  387)  Owen,  1874b,  p.  786  (including 
Pachysiagon  Owen,  1874b,  p.  784).  Pleist.,  Aus. 

Subfam.  Potoroinae  (Gray,  1821,  p.  308)  Trouessart,  1898,  p.  1195  (=Potoridae 

Gray,  1821,  p.  308;  Hypsiprymnidae  Owen,  1852,  p.  933;  Bettongiinae 

Bensley,  1903,  p.  143;  Potoroidae  Pearson,  1950,  p.  211).  "Rat  kangaroos." 

Tribe  Hypsiprymnodontini  (Collett,  1887,  pp.  833,  906)  new  rank  (=Hypsip- 

rymnodontidae  Collett,  1887,  pp.  833,  906;  Hypsiprymni  Collett,  1887,  p. 

830)  (=Pleopodidae  Owen,  1879,  p.  574;  Hypsiprymnodontinae  Thomas, 

1888,  p.  4).  "Rat  kangaroos." 

Hypsiprymnodon''^  Ramsay,  1876,  p.  33  {=Pleopus  Owen,  1877,  p.  542). 

Plioc.-R.,  Aus.  "Musky  rat-kangaroo." 
*Propleopus''^  Longman,  1924,  p.  20  [=Triclis  DeVis,  1888a,  p.  8  nee  Loew, 
1851,  p.  17  (Diptera)].  Plioc.-Pleist.,  Aus. 
Tribe  Potoroini  (Gray,  1821,  p.  308)  new  rank. 
Aepyprymnus  Garrod,  1875,  p.  59.  Pleist. -R.,  Aus.  "Rufous  Bettong,  Ruf- 
ous rat  kangaroo." 
Bettongia  Gray,  1837,  p.  584  (including  Bettongiops  Matschie,  1916a,  p. 
264).  M.  Mioc.-R.,  Aus.;  Pleist. -R.,  Tas.  "Bettong,  Tungoo,  Woylie, 
Boodie." 
Caloprymnus  Thomas,  1888,  p.  114.  Pleist. -R.,  Aus.  "Desert  Rat  Kan- 
garoo, Plains  rat  kangaroo." 
Potorous  Desmarest,  1804,  p.  20  {=Hypsiprymnus  Illiger,  1811,  p.  79)  (in- 
cluding Potoroops  Matschie,   1916a,  p.  264n).  Pleist. -R.,  Aus.,  Tas. 
"Potoroo." 

Fam.  Tarsipedidae  Gervais  &  Verreaux,  1842,  p.  1  (=Tarsipedides  Gervais,  1855, 
p.  277;  Tarsipedina  Haeckel,  1866,  p.  clvii;  Tarsipedidae  Gill,  1872,  p.  25; 
Tarsipedinae  Thomas,  1888,  p.  130). 

Tarsipes  Gervais  &  Verreaux,^'  1842  (June),  p.  1.  Pleist. -R.,  Aus.  "Honey 
possum,  Noolbenger." 

Fam.  Vombatidae  Burnett,  1830,  p.  351  (=Phascolomyda  Goldfuss,  1820,  pp. 
xxii,  444;  Phascolomyidae  Owen,  1839b,  p.  19;  Glirina  Wiegmann,  1832,  p.  52; 
Phascolomidae  Bonaparte,  1845,  p.  6). 

Lasiorhinus  Gray,  1863,  p.  458  (including  Wombatula  Iredale  &  Troughton, 

1934,  p.  35).  Pleist. -R.,  Aus.  "Hairy-nosed  wombat." 
*Phaseolonus  Owen,  1872,  p.  257  {=Sceparnodon  Ramsay,  1881,  p.  495). 

Plioc.-Pleist.,  Aus.;  Pleist.,  Tas. 
*Ramsayia  Tate,  1951b,  p.  13.  Pleist.,  Aus. 
*Rhizophaseolonus  Stirton,  Tedford,  &  Woodburne,  1967,  p.  454.  M.  Mioc, 

Aus. 
Vombatus  Geoffroy,  1803,  p.  185  {=Phascolomis  Geoffroy,  1803,  p.  364). 
Pleist. -R.,  Aus.,  Tas.  "Common  Wombat,  Naked-nosed  wombat." 


MARSHALL:  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  31 

•Fam.  Diprotodontidae  Gill,  1872,  p.  26  (including  Nototheriidae  Lydekker,  1887, 
p.  161). 

•Subfam.  Diprotodontinae  (Gill,  1872,  p.  26)  Stirton,  Woodburne,  &  Plane, 
1%7,  p.  153  (=DiprotodonHnae  Gill,  1872,  p.  26). 
*Diprotodon^  Owen,  1838a,  p.  362  (including  Diaraxlon  Stephenson,  1963, 
p.  622).  Plioc.-Pleist.,  Aus.;  Pleist.,  Tas.  (King  Island). 
*Subfam.  Nototheriinae  (Lydekker,  1887,  p.  161)  Stirton,  Wixidburne,  &  Plane, 
1%7,  p.  152  (  =  Nototheriidae  Lydekker,  1887,  p.  161). 
*Bemathcriuw  Tedford,  1%7,  p.  232.  M.  N4ioc.,  Aus. 

*EmmH'ma  DeVis,  1891,  p.  159-165  [=Oiccma  DeVis,  1888b,  p.  105  mx 
Chiaje,  1844,  p.  31  (Annelida)  and  Prosch,  1849,  p.  71  (Cephalopod)). 
Plioc.,  Aus. 
*Eunfzygoma  Longman,  1921,  p.  65.  Plioc,  Aus. 
*Mauscolophus  Stirton,  1955,  p.  258.  Plioc,  Aus. 
*Nototherium   Owen,    1845a,   p.    314.    Plioc.-Pleist.,   Aus.;   Plioc,    New 

Guinea. 
*Pifraitiios  Woodburne,  l%7a,  p.  57.  L.  Mioc,  Aus. 
•Subfam.  Zygomaturinae  Stirton,  Woodburne,  &  Plane,  1%7,  p.  152. 

*Kolopsis  Woodburne,  l%7a,  p.  71.  L.  Mioc,  Aus.;  Plioc,  New  Guinea. 
*Kolopsoides  Plane,  1%7,  p.  118.  Plioc,  New  Guinea. 
*Neohelos  Stirton,  l%7b,  p.  48.  M.  Mioc,  Aus. 
*Plaisiodon  Woodburne,  l%7a,  p.  88.  L.  Mioc,  Aus. 
'Raemothcrium  Rich  et  al.,  1978,  p.  86.  M.  Mioc,  Aus. 
*Zygomaturus  Owen,  1858a,  p.  49  (ex  MacLeay,  1857,  p.  ly^  {=Sinwprosopus 
DeVis,  1907,  p.  4).  L.  Mioc,  Pleist.,  Aus.;  Pleist.,  Tas. 

*Fam.  Diprotodontidae,  iucertae  sedis 

*Brachallctes  DeVis,  1883b,  p.  190.  Plioc,  Aus. 
"Koalcmus^''  DeVis,  1889b,  p.  106.  Plioc,  Aus. 
*Sthenomerus  DeVis,  1883a,  p.  11.  Pleist.,  Aus. 
•Fam.  PalorchesHdae  (Tate,  1948a,  p.  338)  Archer  &  Bartholomai,  1978,  p.  4 
(=PalorchesHnae  Tate,  1948a,  p.  338). 

*Ngapakaldia  Stirton,  l%7a,  p.  4.  M.  Mioc,  Aus. 

*Palorcheste$  (Owen,  1873b,  p.  387)  Owen,  1874b,  p.  797.  L.  Mioc-Pleist., 

Aus.;  Pleist.,  Tas. 
*Pitikantia  Stirton,  l%7a,  p.  30.  M.  Mioc,  Aus. 
•Fam.  Thylacoleonidae  Gill,  1872,  p.  26  (=Thylacoleontidae  Cope,  1889.  p.  876). 
*Thylacoleo  Owen,  1858b,  p.  447  (including  Thylacopardus  Owen,  1888,  p. 

215).  Plioc.-Pleist.,  Aus.;  Pleist.,  Tas.  "Marsupial  Lion." 
•Wflikfl/eo  Clemens  &  Plane,  1974,  p.  653.  M.  Mioc,  Aus. 
Fam.  Phascolarctidae^^  Owen,  1839b,  p.  19  (=Phascolarctinae  Thomas,  1888,  p. 
209;  Koalidae  Burnett,  1830,  p.  351). 

*Koobor^^  Archer,  1976e,  p.  389  Plioc,  Aus. 

*LHokiiala  Stirton,  Tedford,  &  Woodburne,  1%7,  p.  446.  M.  Mioc,  Aus. 


32  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

*Perikoala  Stirton,  1957b,  p.  72.  M.  Mioc,  Aus. 

Phascolarctos  de  Blainville,  1816,  p.  108  [=Lipurus  Goldfuss,  1817,  p.  civ, 
nee  Lipura  Illiger,  1811,  p.  95  (Rodentia);  Morodaetylus  Goldfuss,  1820,  p. 
445;  Koala  Burnett,  1830,  p.  351].  Pleist.-R.,  Aus.  "Koala." 
*Fam.  Wynyardiidae  Osgood,  1921,  p.  138. 

*Natnilamadeta  Rich  &  Archer,  1979,  p.  198.  M.  Mioc,  Aus. 
*Wynyardia''^  Spencer,  1901,  p.  776.  E.  Mioc,  Tas. 

NOTES  FOR  PART  B 

^Simpson  (1927a)  proposed  a  threefold  subdivision  of  the  Didelphidae  in  which  he 
included  all  Cenozoic  genera  in  the  subfamily  Didelphiinae.  Later  he  (1929)  redefined  the 
subdivision  through  recognition  of  a  fourth  subfamily,  Microbiotheriinae.  After  reconsid- 
eration of  the  etymology  of  the  generic  name  Didelphis,  Simpson  (1935b)  adopted  Didelph- 
as  the  stem  (see  footnote  79)  and  amended  the  spelling  of  the  subfamily  name  to  Didel- 
phinae. 

2See  Sige  (1971,  1972). 

^Crochet  (1977a,b,  1979)  recently  reviewed  the  European  Didelphinae  and  recognized 
three  genera — Peradectes,  Peratherium,  and  Amphiperatherium.  Peratherium  is  restricted  to 
Europe,  whereas  a  closely  related  form,  Herpetotherium  ("Peratherium"  of  most  earlier 
workers),  is  recognized  in  North  America.  Also  see  Crochet  (1969),  Green  &  Martin  (1976), 
and  Koenigswald  (1970). 

"See  MarshaU  (1977a).  l" 

^See  Reig  et  al.  In  prep. 

*See  Simpson  (1974). 

^The  Barstovian  specimen  is  from  the  Town  Bluff  locality,  Tyler  County,  Texas  (Slaugh- 
ter, 1978,  p.  745).  *Didelphidectes  was  formally  regarded  as  a  junior  synonym  of  *Nanodel- 
phys  by  Crochet  (1977b,  p.  130). 

8See  Reig  (1957a). 

'Slaughter  (1978)  reports  a  possible  pediomyid  from  Late  Eocene  middle  Wellborn  For- 
mation, Polk  County,  Texas. 

^°ln  accordance  with  Articles  27  and  32c  of  the  International  Code  of  Zoological 
Nomenclature  (Stoll  et  al.,  1961,  1964),  the  diacritic  mark  is  dropped  from  the  name 
originally  spelled  Codna. 

"Ameghino  (1906,  p.  422;  1909,  p.  206)  substituted  the  generic  name  Clenialites  torClenia 
Ameghino,  1904,  which  he  said  was  preoccupied.  However,  Clenia  is  not  preoccupied,  and 
in  a  nominal  list  this  name  has  priority  over  Clenialites. 

^^"Procedures  to  be  followed  in  selecting  a  name  for  the  family  to  include  Didelphodon 
vorax  are  established  in  Articles  23(d)  and  40  of  the  International  Code  of  Zoological 
Nomenclature  (1961)  and  result  in  recognition  of  the  Stagodontidae"  (Clemens,  1966, 
p.  56). 

"Marshall  et  al.  (1977,  1978)  have  submitted  a  proposal  to  the  Commission,  requesting 
use  of  its  plenary  powers  to  suppress  the  family-group  name  Acyonidae  Ameghino,  1889, 
for  the  purpose  of  the  Law  of  Priority,  but  not  for  those  of  the  Law  of  Homonymy,  and  to 
place  this  family-group  name  on  the  Official  Index  of  Rejected  and  Invalid  Family-Group 
Names  in  Zoology. 

'"Marshall  &  Tedford  (1978)  have  submitted  a  proposal  to  the  Commission,  requesting 
use  of  its  plenary  powers  to  conserve  the  family-group  names  Caenolestidae  Trouessart, 
1898,  and  Palaeothentidae  Sinclair,  1906.  These  names  are  to  be  used  over  the  prior  names 
Abderitidae  Ameghino,  1889,  Epanorthidae  Ameghino,  1889,  Garzonidae  Ameghino, 
1891b,  and  Decastidae  Ameghino,  1893b  (also  see  Marshall,  1980). 

'^The  two  major  evolutionary  lineages  recognized  by  Marshall  (1976d)  within  the 
Caenolestinae  are  formally  placed  by  Marshall  (1980)  in  distinct  tribes. 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIAUA  33 

**'"Halmarhiphus  didelphoides  Ameghino,  1891b,  is  based  on  four  partial  mandibles 
(MACN  A-5716,  A-5717,  A-5718,  A-5719).  Of  these  the  first,  considered  the  type  in  the 
collection  catalogue,  is  a  typical  microbiothere,  the  sanne  is  true  of  the  latter  two  speci- 
mens, one  of  which  (A-5718)  is  figured  by  Ameghino  (1903,  p.  157,  fig.  80).  Specimen 
A-5717  is  inseparable  from  Stilotherium  dissimile.  Halmarhiphus  nanus  Ameghino,  1891b,  is 
based  on  three  partial  mandibles  of  which  one,  A-5720,  considered  the  type  in  the  collec- 
tion catalogue,  is  inseparable  from  Stilotherium  dissimile.  Another  A-5721,  seems  to  be  a 
microbiothere,  and  the  third  is  an  edentulous  mandibular  ramus  and  may  be  referred  on 
the  basis  of  size  to  Phonocdromus  gracilis.  .  .  .  the  genus  Halmarhiphus.  therefore,  has  no 
validity"  (translated  from  Reig,  1955b,  p.  63). 

^''"Garzonia  annectens  Ameghino  1891b  is  the  genotype  of  Parhalmarhiphus  Ameghino, 
1894,  according  to  the  catalogue  of  the  Ameghino  collection  and  the  original  description  of 
the  species.  The  tyf>e  is  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  Mi-4,  which  are  well  preserved  and 
numbered  MACN  A-5703.  This  mandible  is  inseparable  from  Stilotherium.  .  .  .  However, 
the  generic  diagnosis  of  Parhalmarhiphus  seems  to  have  been  obtained  from  two  other 
specimens,  A-5704  and  A-5705,  of  which  the  first  is  an  indeterminable  caenolestid  and  the 
second  a  mandible  with  M3-4  of  a  microbiothere.  Therefore,  the  genus  Parhalmarhiphus 
should  be  invalidated"  (translated  from  Reig,  1955b,  p.  63). 

'"The  generic  name  spelled  both  Palaeothentes  and  Palaeotenthes  was  listed  as  a  nomen 
nudum  by  Moreno  (1882,  p.  122).  A  valid  definition  was  first  published  by  Ameghino  (1887, 
p.  5)  under  the  name  Palaeothentes.  In  1889  Ameghino  (p.  271)  decided  that  this  sp>elling 
was  "impossible"  and  that  the  generic  name  should  have  been  written  Palaeoteuthis  and 
hence  was  preoccupied  by  Palaeoteuthis  D'Orbigny  (1850,  p.  327),  a  genus  of  cephalopod. 
On  these  grounds  Ameghino  (1889,  p.  271)  proposed  the  generic  name  Epanorthus  to 
replace  Palaeothentes  Ameghino,  1887.  But  the  spelling  Palaeothentes  was  original,  inten- 
tional, and  ipso  facto  is  correct  in  nomenclature  regardless  of  its  etymology,  and  it  cannot  be 
preoccupied  by  the  quite  different  name  Palaeoteuthis  (see  Simpson,  1945,  p.  45n).  In  view 
of  this  Sinclair  (1906,  p.  416)  argued  that  Epanorthus  "can  no  longer  be  retained  for  a  genus 
either  for  a  genus  or  to  designate  a  family  [Epanorthidae]."  There  is  no  possible  origin  for 
the  name  Palaeothentes.  Palmer  (1904)  gave  "thereutes,  hunter"  as  the  origin  and  probably 
got  that  from  Ameghino. 

"The  family-group  name  Abderitesidae  was  proposed  by  Ameghino  (1889,  pp.  268,  269) 
to  include  the  genus  Abderites  Ameghino,  1887,  p.  5.  The  spelling  of  this  family-group 
name  was  followed  by  Ameghino  (1890,  p.  174),  although  in  later  works  Ameghino  (1903, 
p.  159;  1906,  p.  472)  and  all  other  workers  used  the  spelling  Abderitidae.  For  Greek  nouns 
ending  in  -tes  the  stem  for  forming  family-group  names  is  -/,  alone  (Stoll  et  al.,  1%1,  1964, 
p.  133,  example  16).  Following  the  Code  [Art.  11  (e)  (ii)  and  Art.  29  (a)),  Abderitesidae  was 
an  incorrect  original  spelling,  and  the  change  to  Abderitidae  was  a  "justified  emendation" 
(Stoll  et  al.,  1%1,  1964,  Art.  33  (a)  (i))  and  still  dates  from  Ameghino,  1889.  The  incorrect 
spelling  Abderitesidae  has  not  been  used  in  any  zoological  literature  for  more  than  70 
years. 

*°In  accordance  with  Articles  27  and  32c  of  the  International  Code  of  Zoological 
Nomenclature  (Stoll  et  al.,  1%1,  1964)  the  diacritic  mark  is  dropped  from  the  names 
originally  spelled  Metaepanorthus  and  Paraepanorthus. 

^•The  name  Abderites  is  supposed  to  be  Greek  for  "an  inhabitant  of  Abdera"  (Palmer, 
1904,  p.  71),  and  presumably  Palmer  got  this  from  Ameghino. 

^TTie  type  of  Camptomus,  C.  amplus,  is  based  on  a  scapula  from  the  Lance  formation  of 
Wyoming.  This  specimen  may  be  regarded  as  therian  without  question  and  marsupial 
with  great  probaUlity.  Camptomus  is  probably  a  synonym  of  one  of  the  Lance  marsupial 
genus-group  names  (see  McKenna,  1961,  p.  16). 

"The  African  Miocene  species  Palaeothentoides  africanus  Stromer,  1932,  was  at  first  be- 
lieved by  its  describer  to  be  not  only  a  marsupial,  but  a  caenolestoid  and  hence  with  South 
American  affinities.  Butler  &  Hopwood  (1957)  and  Patterson  (1%5)  have  shown,  however, 
that  this  species  belongs  in  the  exclusively  African  placental  family  Macroscelididae. 

'*See  Lidicker  &  Follett  (1968,  pp.  251-256)  for  discussion. 

"Family  group  name  formed  from  junior  synonym;  see  Archer  &  Kirsch  (1977). 

^^An  alternate  name  suggested  by  Sdater  (in  Stirling,  1891,  p.  186)  to  replace  Psam- 


34  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

morydes,  but  not  adopted  by  Stirling  and  apparently  never  used  for  any  mammal  (Palmer, 
1904,  p.  455). 

^mie  spelling  Cercaertus  was  attributed  to  Gloger  by  Burmeister  (1837,  p.  814)  (see 
Palmer,  1904,  pp.  171-172).  Also  see  Turnbull  &  Schram  (1973). 

^*Some  wallaby  spedes  formerly  referred  to  Protemnodon  and  Wallabia  are  included  here 
based  on  cytological  (Sharman,  1961)  and  serological  (Kirsch,  1968a)  evidence.  Also  see 
Ride  (1957,  1962b,  1963). 

^'Woodburne  (1967b,  p.  103)  records  a  "?Protemnodont"  from  the  late  Miocene,  Alcoota 
Fauna,  of  Northern  Territory. 

^''Including  only  W.  bicolor  (Desmarest,  1804,  p.  357)  following  cytological  (Sharman, 
1961)  and  serological  (Kirsch,  1968a)  evidence.  For  fossil  species  see  Bartholomai  (1976). 

^'Sometimes  attributed  to  Gray  [1842  (March),  p.  40]  who  acknowledged  adopting  Ger- 
vais'  (1855)  manuscript  name. 

32W.  S.  MacLeay  published  the  name  in  the  Sydney  Morning  Herald  in  1857.  Owen 
characterized  it  the  following  year  (see  G.  P.  Whitley,  1966). 

"See  Archer  (1976f,  1977c). 

^See  Archer  (1977b). 

3SAlso  see  Archer  (1977a). 

36See  Bartholomai  (1963)  and  Tedford  (1966). 

37See  Bartholomai  (1968). 

38See  Bartholomai  (1970). 

3^ee  Bartholomai  (1973a)  and  Stirton  (1963). 

'^oSee  MarshaU  (1977b). 

'*'Del  Corro's  (1977)  report  of  Microbiotherium  from  Casamayor  beds  in  Argentina  is 
clearly  based  on  a  spedes  of  Coona. 

'•^Richardson  &  Sharman  (1976)  regard  Osphranter  as  a  subgenus  oi  Macropus. 

«See  Archer  (1976a). 

'•^See  Augustiny  (1942),  Krumbiegel  (1940),  and  Marshall  (1978d). 

"•^See  Bartholomai  (1971). 

'•^See  Bartholomai  (1975). 

-•^See  Bartholomai  &  Marshall  (1973). 

-•sSee  Calaby  et  al.  (1974)  and  Gadow  (1892). 

'•^See  Broom  (1911),  Dederer  (1909),  and  Gregory  (1922).  The  original  description  of 
Caenolestes  was  given  by  Tomes  (1860,  p.  213),  although  the  animal  was  not  named  at  that 
time. 

5"For  a  review  of  living  forms  see  Frith  &  Calaby  (1969)  and  Russell  (1974). 

siSee  Archer  (1974)  and  Guiler  (1961). 

"See  Van  Deusen  (1963)  and  Plane  (1976). 

"See  Gunson  et  al.  (1968)  and  Kirsch  (1968b). 

s^See  Hayman  et  al.  (1971). 

5sOn  the  technical  and  common  names  of  this  genus  see  Hershkovitz  (1949,  1976)  and 
Pine  (1973). 

s^See  Lidicker  &  Marlow  (1970). 

"See  MarshaU  (1977c). 

58See  MarshaU  (1977d). 

"See  MarshaU  (1978b)  and  Reig  (1955a). 

«>See  MarshaU  (1978c). 

*'See  Martin  (1974). 

*2See  Odreman  Rivas  (1978). 

*^A  largely  indeterminate  spedmen  of  a  polydolopoid  is  also  recorded  from  the  Desea- 
dan  of  Bolivia  (see  Patterson  &  MarshaU,  1978). 


MARSHALL:  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIAUA  35 

"See  Pascual  &  Herrera  (1975). 

"See  Pascual  &  Herrera  (1973). 

**See  Reig  &  Simpson  (1972)  and  Simpson  (1974). 

*'See  Simpson  (1970c). 

*"Also  see  Simpson  (1970d). 

»»See  Tate  (1948b). 

~See  Tate  (1951a)  and  Archer  &  Kirsch  (1977). 

"See  Thomas  (1887a). 

''See  Thomas  (1887c). 

''See  Woods  (1960). 

'*This  subfamily  has  been  reviewed  by  Marshall  (1979a). 

'»See  Wood-jones  (1931). 

'^Dillon  (1963),  based  on  a  study  of  structure  of  the  brain,  suggested  that  the  red  and 
grey  kangaroos  be  classified  into  separate  genera  (i.e.,  Megaleia  and  Macropus.  resf)ec- 
tively). 

"McKay  (1980)  designated  a  neotype  for  Petaurus  australis  Shaw,  1791.  This  move  per- 
mits maintenance  of  usage  of  the  names  Petaurus  and  P.  australis,  although  it  makes  the 
name  Schoindntes  Lesson,  1842,  unavailable  for  the  Greater  Glider  and  requires  usage  of 
the  name  Petauroides  Thomas,  1888. 

"Probably  a  nomen  dubium  (see  Clemens,  1979,  p.  193). 

''"The  generic  name  of  the  common  opossum,  .  .  .  was  spelled  Didelphis  by  Linnaeus, 
1758.  This  is  considered  erroneous  etymologically,  but  there  is  no  clear  evidence  that  it  was 
a  typHjgraphical  error,  and  under  the  Rules  (of  Zoological  Nomenclature)  this  spelling 
should  stand.  The  transliteration  Didelphys  was  first  used  by  Schreber,  1777  |siV.,  1778). 
The  family  of  which  this  genus  is  typical  was  first  named  Didelphidae  Gray,  1821.  Sub- 
sequent emendations  include  Didelphydae  Baird,  1857,  Didelphididae  Gill,  1872,  Didel- 
phyidae  Forbes,  1881,  and  Didelphiidae  Miller  &  Rehn,  1901.  ...  I  see  no  reason  why 
Gray's  spelling  may  not  be  adopted;  it  is  as  correct  as  any  other,  is  shorter  and  easier  to 
pronounce  and  has  priority"  (Simpson,  1935b,  p.  134). 

Linnaeus  (1758)  applied  the  name  Didelphis  in  recognition  of  the  fact  that  the  opossum 
had  a  true  uterus,  in  addition  to  an  external  "womb"  or  "pouch."  The  name  Didelphis 
being  derived  from  the  Greek  di,  two  or  double,  and  -delphys.  womb.  De  Blainville's  (1816) 
term  "les  Didelphes,"  although  etymologically  the  same,  was  given  in  reference  to  the 
possession  of  two  distinct,  true  uteri  (Gregory,  1910,  p.  199n). 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Absolon,  J.  1900.  Vorlaufige  Mittheilung  iiber  einige  neue  Collcmbolen  aus  den  Hohlen  des 

mahrischen  Karstes.  Zool.  Anz.,  23:  265-269. 
Air,  G.  M.,  E.  O.  P.  Thompson,  B.  j.  Richardson,  andG.  B.  Sharman.  1971.  Amino-acid 

sequences  of  kangaroo  myoglobin  and   haemoglobin  and  the  date  of  marsupial 

eutherian  divergence.  Nature,  London,  229:  391-394. 
Alexander,  W.  B.  1919.  A  new  species  of  marsupial  of  the  sub-family  Phalangerinae.  J 

Roy.  Soc.  West.  Austral.,  4:  31-36. 
Allen,  G.  M.  and  T.  Barbour.  1909.  A  new  marsupial  from  Netherlands'  New  Guinea 

Proc.  New  England  Zool.  Club,  4:  43-46. 
Allen,  J.  A.  1900.  Note  on  the  generic  names  Didelphis  and  Philander.  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat 

Hist.,  13:  185-190. 
Allman,  G.  J.  1847.  Description  of  a  new  genus  and  species  of  Entomostraca.  Ann.  Mag 

Nat.  Hist.,  20(1):  1-9. 
Amechino,  F.  1886.  Contribudones  al  conocimiento  de  los  mamiferos  fbsiles  de  los  ter 

renos  terdarios  antiguos  del  Parani.  Bol.  Acad.  Cienc.  Cbrdoba,  9:  1-228. 
1887.  Enumerad6n  sistem^tica  de  las  espedes  de  mamiferos  fbsiles  colec- 


36  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

donados  por  Carlos  Ameghino  en  los  terrenes  eocenos  de  la  Patagonia  austral  y  de- 
positados  en  el  Museo  La  Plata.  Bol.  Mus.  de  La  Plata,  1:  1-26. 

..  1889.  Contribucion  al  conodmiento  de  los  mamiferos  fosiles  de  la  Republica 


Argentina,  obra  escrita  bajo  los  auspidos  de  la  Academia  Nadonal  de  Ciendas  de  la 
Republica  Argentina  para  presentarla  a  la  Exposidon  Universal  de  Paris  de  1889.  Actas 
Acad.  Cienc.  Cordoba,  6:  1-1027;  atlas,  98  pis. 

..  1890.  Los  plagiauladdeos  argentinos  y  sus  reladones  zoologicas,  geolo- 


gicas,  y  geograficas.  Bol.  Inst.  Geog.  Argent.,  11:  143-201. 

..  1891a.  Caracteres  diagnosticos  de  dncuenta  espedes  nuevas  de  mamiferos 


fosiles  argentinos.  Rev.  Arg.  Hist.  Nat.,  1:  129-167. 

1891b.    Nuevos   restos   de   mamiferos   fosiles   descubiertos   por   Carlos 


Ameghino  en  el  Eoceno  inferior  de  la  Patagonia  austral.  Espedes  nuevas,  adidones  y 
correcdones.  Rev.  Arg.  Hist.  Nat.,  1:  289-328. 

1891c.  Los  monos  fosiles  del  Eoceno  de  la  Republica  Argentina.  Rev.  Arg. 


Hist.  Nat.,  1:  383-397. 

..  1893a.  Les  mamiferes  fossiles  de  la  Patagonie  australe  (with  footnotes  by  E. 


Trouessart).  Rev.  Sd.  (Paris),  (3)30(1):  13-17. 

1893b.  Les  premiers  mammiferes.  Relations  entre  les  mammiferes  di- 


protodontes  eocenes  de  I'Amerique  de  Nord  et  ceux  de  la  Republique  Argentine.  Rev. 
gen.  Sd.  (Paris),  4:  77-81. 

..  1894.  Enumeration  synoptique  des  espedes  de  mammiferes  fossiles  des 


formations  eocenes  de  Patagonie.  Bol.  Acad.  Cienc.  Cordoba,  13:  259-452. 

..  1897.  Mammiferes  cretaces  de  I'argentine  (Deuxieme  contribution  a  la  Con- 


naissance  de  la  faune  mammalogique  des  couches  a  Pyrotherium) .  Bol.  Inst.  Geog.  Ar- 
gent., 18:406-521. 

1898.  Sinopsis  geologico-paleontologica.  Segundo  censo  de  la  Republica 


Argentina.  Pol.,  Buenos  Aires,  1:  112-255. 

..  1899.  Sinopsis  geologico-paleontologica.  Supplemento.  Adidones  y  correc- 


dones. La  Plata,  13  pp. 

1901.  Notices  preliminaires  sur  de  ongules  nouveaux  de  terrains  cretaces  de 


Patagonie.  Bol.  Acad.  Nac.  Cien.  Cordoba,  Buenos  Aires,  16:  349-426. 

1902a.  L'age  des  formations  sedimentaires  de  Patagonie.  An.  Soc.  Cien. 


Argent.,  50: 109-130, 145-165,  209-229  (1900);  51:  20-39,  65-91  (1900);  52: 189-197,  244-250 
(1901);  54:  161-180,  220-249,  283-342  (1902). 

1902b.  Premier  contribution  a  la  connaissance  de  la  faune  mammalogique 


des  couches  a  Colpodon.  Bol.  Acad.  Cienc.  Cordoba,  17:  71-141. 

1902c.  Notice  preliminaires  sur  les  mammiferes  nouveaux  des  terrains  cre- 


taces de  Patagonie.  Bol.  Acad.  Cienc.  Cordoba,  17:  5-70. 

1903.  Los  diprotodontes  del  orden  de  los  plagiaulacoideos  y  el  origen  de  los 


polimastodontes.  Ann.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires,  (3)1:  81-192. 

..  1904.  Nuevas  espedes  de  mamiferos  cretaceos  y  terdarios  de  la  Republica 


Argentina.  An.  Soc.  Cien.  Argent.,  56:  193-208  (1903);  57:  162-175,  327-341  (1904);  58: 
35-71, 182-192,  225-291  (1904)  [also  issued  as  a  separate  publication,  paged  consecutively 
1-142,  Buenos  Aires,  1904]. 

..  1906.  Les  formations  sedimentaires  du  cretace  superieur  et  du  tertaire  de 


Patagonie  avec  un  parallele  entre  leurs  faunes  mammalogiques  et  celles  de  L'anden 
continents.  An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires  (3)8:  1-568. 

1908.  Las  formadones  sedimentarias  de  la  region  litoral  de  Mar  del  Plata  y 


Chapadmalal.  An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires,  (3)10:  343-428. 

1909.  Le  Diprothomo  platensis.  Un  precurseur  de  I'homme  du  Pliocene  in- 


ferieur  de  Buenos  Aires.  An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires,  (3)12:  107-209. 

1935.  Los  Esparasodontes,  A.  J.  Torcelli  (ed.).  Ameghino  Obras,  19: 103-140 


(published  posthumously). 
Anderson,  C.  1933.  The  fossil  mammals  of  Australia.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  58:  ix-xxv. 
Anonymous.  1838.  London,  Athenaeum.  572,  p.  747  (13th  October). 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIAUA  37 

Archer,  M.  1974.  New  information  about  the  Quaternary  distributiun  of  the  thyladne 
(Marsupialia,  Thyladnidae)  in  Australia.  J.  Roy.  Soc.  West.  Australia,  57:  43-50. 

1975.  Ningaui.  a  new  genus  of  tiny  dasyurids  (Marsupialia)  and  two  new 

species,  N.   Hmealeyi  and  M.   ridei,   from  arid  western  Australia.   Mem.  Qd  Mus., 
17(2):237-249. 

..  1976a.  Revision  of  the  marsupial  genus  Pbnigale  Troughton  (Dasyuridae). 


Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  17(3):  341-365. 

1976b.  The  basicranial  region  of  marsupicamivores  (Marsupialia),  inter- 


relationships of  carnivorous  marsupials,  and  affinities  of  the  insectivorous  marsupial 
peramelids.  Zool.  J.  Linn.  Soc.  London,  59:  217-322. 

1976c.  The  dasyurid  dentition  and  its  relationships  to  that  of  didelphids. 


thyladnids,  borhyaenids  (Marsupicamivora)  and  peramelids  (Peramelina:  Marsupialia). 
Austral.  ].  Zool.,  Suppl.  39:  1-34. 

1976d.  Miocene  marsupicamivores  (Marsupialia)  from  Central  South  Au- 


stralia, Ankotarinja  tirarensis  Gen.  et  sp.  nov.,  Keeuna  woodbumei  Gen.  et  sp.  nov.,  and 
their  significance  in  terms  of  early  marsupial  radiations.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  South  Au- 
stralia, 100(2);  53-73. 

1976e.  In  M.  Archer  and  M.  Wade,  Results  of  the  Ray  E.  Lemley  expedi- 


tions. Part  1.  The  Allingham  Formation  and  a  new  Pliocene  Vertebrate  Fauna  from 
Northern  Queensland.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  17:  379-397. 

..  1976f.  Phascolarctid  origins  and  the  potential  of  the  selenodont  molar  in  the 


evolution  of  diprotodont  marsupials.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  17:  367-371. 
1977a.  Koobor  notabilis  (De  Vis),  an  unusual  koala  from  the  Pliocene  Chin- 


chiUa  Sand.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  18:  31-35. 

1977b.  Origins  and  subfamilial  relationships  of  Diprotodon  (Diprotodon- 


tidae,  Marsupialia).  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  18:  37-39. 

..  1977c.  Origins  and  radiations  of  Koalas,  pp.  20-28.  In  E.  T.  Bergin  (ed.). 


Proceedings  of  the  Taronga  Symposium  on  the  Koala.  New  South  Wales,  Zool.  Parks 
Board. 

1979.  Wabularoo  naughtoni  gen.  et  sp.  nov.,  an  enigmatic  kangaroo  (Mar- 


supialia) from  the  middle  Tertiary  Carl  Creek  Limestone  of  Northwestern  Queensland. 

Results  of  the  Ray  E.  Lemley  Expeditions,  Part  4.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  19(3):  299-307. 
Archer,  M.  and  A.  Bartholomai.  1978.  Tertiary  mammals  of  Australia:  a  synoptic  re- 
view. Alcheringa,  2:  1-19. 
Archer,  M.  and  J.  A.  W.  Kirsch.  1977.  The  case  for  the  Thylacomyidae  and  Myr- 

mecobiidae  Gill,  1872,  or  why  are  marsupial  families  so  extended.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc. 

N.S.W.,  102(1):  18-25. 
Archer,  M.  and  T.  Rich.  1979.  Wakamatha  tasselli  gen.  et  sp.  nov.,  a  fossil  dasyurid 

(Marsupialia)  from  South  Australia  convergent  on  modem  Sminthopsis.  Mem.  Qd  Mus., 

19(3):  309-317. 
AuGUSTiNY,  G.,  1942.  Die  Schwimmanpassung  von  Chironectes.  Zeit.  Morph.  Okol.  Tiere, 

Beriin,  39:  276-319. 
Aymard,  a.  1850.  Compte  rendu  de  la  seance  du  13  avril  1849,  reponse  k  M.  Robert  sur  les 

mammiferes  fossiles  des  calcaires  du  Puy.  Ann.  Soc.  Agric.  Puy,  14:  80-86. 
Baird,  S.  F.  1857.  Mammals:  general  report  upon  the  zoology  of  the  several  Padfic  railroad 

routes.  Repts.,  explorations  and  surveys  for  railroad  route  from  Mississippi  River  to 

Padfic  Ocean,  Washington,  D.C.,  8(1):  1-757. 
Banks,  Sir  J.  18%.  journal  of  the  Right  Honorable  Sir  Joseph  Banks  .  .  .  during  Captain 

Hook's  First  Voyage  in  H.M.S.  Endeavour  in  1768-1771  to  Tierra  del  Fuego,  Otahite, 

New  Zealand,  Australia,  the  Dutch  East  Indies,  etc..  Sir  Joseph  D.  Hooker  (ed.).  Lon- 
don, MacMillan  and  Co.,  Ltd. 
Bartholomai,  A.  1963.  Revision  of  the  extinct  macrofKxlid  genus  Sthenurus  Owen  in 

Queensland.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  14(3):  51-76. 
1%7.  Troposodon,  a  new  genus  of  fossil  Macropodinae  (Marsupialia).  Mem. 

Qd  Mus.,  15(1):  21-33. 


38  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

1968.  A  new  fossil  Koala  from  Queensland  and  a  reassessment  of  the 

taxonomic  position  of  the  problematical  species,  Koalanus  ingetis  De  Vis.  .Mem.  Qd  Mus., 
15:  65-72. 

1970.  The  extinct  genus  Procoptodon  Owen  (Marsupialia:  Macropodidae)  in 

Queensland.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  15(4):  213-233. 

..  1971.  Dasyurus  dunmalli,  a  new  species  of  fossil  marsupial  (Dasyuridae)  in 


the  upp>er  Cainozoic  dej>osits  of  Queensland.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  16: 19-26. 

1973a.  The  genus  Protemnodon  Owen  (Marsupialia:  MacropKxlidae)  in  the 


upper  Cainozoic  deposits  of  Queensland.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  16(3):  309-363. 

1973b.  Fissuridon  pearsoni,  a  new  fossil  macrop>odid  (Marsupialia)  from 


Queensland.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  16(3):  365-368. 

..  1975.  The  genus  Macropus  Shaw  (Marsupialia:  Macropodidae)  in  the  Upper 


Cainozoic  deposits  of  Queensland.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  17(2):  195-235. 

1976.  The  genus  Wallahia  Trouessart  (Mairsupialia:  Maorojxxlidae)  in  the 


Upp>er  Cainozoic  dep>osits  of  Queensland.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  17(3):  373-377. 

Bartholomai,  a.  and  L.  G.  Marshall.  1973.  The  identity'  of  the  supposed  dasyurid 
marsupial,  Sarcophilus  prior  De  Vis,  1883,  with  comments  on  other  reported  "Pliocene" 
occurrences  ot  Sarcophilus.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  16(3):  369-374. 

Beddard,  F.  E.  1902.  Mammalia.  London,  MacMillan  and  Co.,  Cambridge  Natural  His- 
tory, 10:  xii  +  605. 

Bensley,  B.  a.  1901a.  On  the  question  of  an  arboreal  ancestry  of  the  Marsupialia  and  the 
interrelationships  of  the  mammalian  subclass.  Am.  Nat.,  35:  117-138. 

1901b.  A  theory  of  the  origin  and  evolution  of  the  Australian  Marsupialia. 

Am.  Nat.,  35:  245-269. 

..  1903.  On  the  evolution  of  the  Australian  Marsupialia:  with  remarks  on  the 


relationships  of  the  marsupials  in  general.  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  London,  ser.  2,  9:  83-217. 
Blyth,  E.  1840.  Mammalia,  birds  and  reptiles.  In  G.  Cuvier,  Cuvier's  Animal  Kingdom. 

.  .  .  London,  Wm.  S.  Orr  and  Co. 
Boitard,  p.  1841.  Le  Jardin  des  Plantes.  .  .  .  Paris,  G.  Barba,  308  pp. 
Bonaparte,  C.  L.  j.  L.  1831.  Saggio  di  una  distribuzione  metodica  degli  animali  vertebrati. 

Rome,  Antonio  Boulzaler,  78  pp. 
1837.  New  systematic  arrangement  of  vertebrated  animals.  Trans.  Liiui. 

Soc.  London,  18:  247-304. 

1838.  Synopas  vertebratorum  systematis.  Nuovi  Ann.  Sd.  Nat.,  Bologna, 


2(1):  105-133. 

1845.  Catalogo  metodico  dei  mammiferi  europa.  Milan,  Giacomo  Pirola, 


36  pp. 

-.  1850.  Conspectus  systematis.  Mastozoologiae.  .  .  .  Edito  altera  reformata. 


Batavia,  E.  J.  Brill,  1  p. 
BowN,  T.  M.  AND  K.  D.  Rose.  1979.  Mimoperadectes,  a  new  marsupial,  and  Worlandia,  a  new 

dermopteran,  from  the  lower  part  of  tfie  Willwood  Formation  (Early  Eocene),  Bighorn 

Basin,  Wyoming.  Contrib.  Mus.  Paleontol.,  Univ.  Mich.,  25(4):  89-104. 
Brisson,  M.  J.  1762.  Regnum  animate  in  classes  EX  distributum  sive  synopsis  methodica. 

Edito  altera  auctior.  Leiden,  Theodorum  Haak,  viii  +  2%  pp. 
Broom,  R.  1895.  On  a  small  fossil  Petaurus-hke  marsupial.  Abstr.  Proc.  lirm.  Soc.  N.S.W. 

for  November  27th  1895,  p.  ii.  Republished  18%,  Zool.  Anz.,  19:  47. 
1898.  On  the  affinities  and  habits  of  Thylacoleo.  Proc.  linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  23: 

57-74. 
1911.  On  the  affinities  of  Caenolestes.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  36:  315-320. 


BuFFON,  G.  L.  L.  DE.  1765.  Histcsre  Naturelle  Generale  et  Particuliere.  Avec.  la  Description 

du  Cabinet  du  Rcm.  4°.  Paris. 
BuRMEiSTER,  G.  1885.  Examen  critico  de  los  mamiferos  y  reptiles  fosUes  denominados  por 

D.  Augusto  Bravard  y  mendonados  en  su  obra  precedente.  An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos 

Aires,  3:  95-174. 


MARSHALL:  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  39 

BuRMEiSTER,  H.  1854.  Systematische  Uebersicht  der  Thiere  Brasilions.  Welche  wahrend 
einer  Reise  durch  die  Provinzen  von  Rio  de  Janeiro  und  Minas  geraes.  Hrster  Theil, 
Saugthiere  (Mammalia).  Berlin,  Georg  Reimer,  x  +  342  pp. 

. 1856.  Eriauterungen  zur  Fauna  Brasiliens,  enthaltend  Abbildungen  und 

ausfiihrliche  Beschreibungen  neuer  oder  ungeniigend  bekannt-thier-Arten.  Folio.,  Ber- 
lin, 115  pp. 

BuRMEiSTER,  K.  H.  K.  1837.  Handbuch  der  Naturgeschichte.  Abth.  I.  Mineralogie  und 
Botanki.  Abth.  II.  Zixilogie.  Berlin,  T.C.F.  Enslin,  1836-1837.  2  vol.  in  1,  858  pp. 

Burnett,  G.  T.  1830.  Illustrations  of  the  Quadrupeda,  or  quadrupeds,  being  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  true  four-fcxited  beasts  indicated  in  outline.  Quart.  J.  Sci.  Lit.  Art.,  28: 
336-353. 

Butler,  P.  M.  and  A.  T.  Hopwood.  1957.  Insectivora  and  Chiroptera  from  the  Miwene 
rocks  of  Kenya  Colony.  Brit.  Mus.  (Nat.  Hist.),  Fossil  Mammals  of  Africa,  13:  1-35. 

Cabrera,  A.  1919.  Genera  mammalium.  Monotremata.  Marsupialia.  Madrid,  Museo  Na- 
cional  de  Ciencias  Naturales,  177  pp. 

1927.  Datos  para  el  conocimiento  de  los  dasyurideos  fosiles  argentinos.  Rev. 

Mus.  La  Plata,  30:  271-315. 

..  1928.  Un  neuvo  marsupial  de  Monte  Hermoso.  Rev.  Mus.  La  Plata,  31: 


335-337. 

1957.  Catalogo  de  los  mamiferos  de  America  del  Sur.   I.  (Metatheria- 


Unguiculata-Carnivora).  Rev.  Mus.  Argent.  Cien  Nat.,  Cien  Zixil.,  4:  1-307. 

Cabrera,  A.  and  J.  Yepes.  1960.  Mamiferos  Sud  Americanos.  Vols.  I  +  II.  Departamento 
de  Publicaciones  Cientificas  Argentinas,  Buenos  Aires.  New  ed.,  first  published  in  1940. 

Cain,  A.  j.  1959.  Deductive  and  inductive  methixis  in  post-Linnaean  taxonomy.  Proc. 
Linn.  Soc.  London,  170:  185-217. 

Calaby,  j.  H.,  L.  K.  Corbett,  G.  B.  Sharman,  and  P.  G.  Johnston.  1974.  The  chromo- 
somes and  systematic  position  of  the  marsupial  mole,  Notoryctes  typhlops.  Austral.  J. 
Biol.  Sci.,  27:  529-532. 

Chiaie,  S.  delle.  1844.  Descrizione  e  notomia  degli  Animali  Invertebrati  della  Sicilia 
citeriore  osservaH  vivi  negli  anni  1822-1830  (4°  Napoli,  1841-1844).  Vol.  VIII. 

Clemens,  W.  A.  1966.  Fossil  mammals  of  the  type  Lance  Formation,  Wyorrung.  Part  II. 
Marsupialia.  Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  Geol.  Sci.,  62:  1-122. 

1979.  Marsupialia,  pp.  192-220.  In  ].  A.  Lillegraven,  Z.  Kielan-Jaworowska, 

and  W.  A.  Clemens  (eds.),  Mesozoic  Mammals:  The  First  Two- Thirds  of  Mammalian 
History.  Berkeley,  University  of  California  Press. 

Clemens,  W.  A.  and  L.  G.  Marshall.  1976.  Fossilium  Catalogus:  American  and  Euro- 
pean Marsupialia.  W.  Junk  (The  Hague),  Pars  123,  1-114. 

Clemens,  W.  A.  and  M.  Plane.  1974.  Mid-Tertiary  Thylacoleonidae  (Marsupialia,  Mam- 
malia). J.  Paleont.,  48(4):  652-660. 

CoLLETT,  R.  1884.  Description  of  st)me  apparently  new  marsupials  obtained  by  Dr. 
Lumholtz  in  North  Queensland.  PrcK.  Zixil.  Sck.  London,  for  1884,  385-387. 

1887.  On  a  collection  of  mammals  from  central  and  northern  Queensland. 

Zixil.Jahrb.,  2:  829-940. 

Collins,  L.  R.  1973.  Monotremes  and  Marsupials:  a  reference  for  zix)logical  institutions. 
Smithsonian  Ins.  Publ.,  4888:  1-323. 

Cope,  E.  D.  1873.  Third  notice  of  extinct  vertebrata  from  the  Tertiary  of  the  plains.  Paleont. 
Bull.,  16:  1-8. 

1889.  Synopsis  of  the  families  of  Vertebrata.  Am.  Nat.,  23:  849-877. 

1892.  On  a  new  genus  of  Mammalia  from  the  Laramie  formation.  Am.  Nat.. 

26:  758-762. 

Crochet,  J.  Y.  1%9.  Revision  du  genre  Perathcrium  Aymard  1849  (Marsupialia).  C.  R. 
Acad.  Sd.  Paris,  268:  2038-2041. 

1977a.  Les  Didelphidae  (Marsupicamivora,  Marsupialia)  holarctiques  ter- 

tiaires.  C.R.  Acad.  Sci.  Paris,  ser.  D.,  284:  357-360. 


40  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

1977b.  Les  Didelphides  Paleogenes  Holarctiques:  historique  et  tendances 


evolutives.  Geobios.  Mem.  special  1:  127-134. 

..  1979.  Diversite  systematique  des  Didelphidae  (Marsupialia)  Europeens  Ter- 


tiares.  Geobios.,  12(3):  365-378. 
CuviER,  G.  1800.  Lemons  d'anatomie  comparee.  Paris,  Bauduin,  1:  xxxi  +  521  pp. 
1804.  Memorie  sur  le  squelette  presque  entier  d'un  petit  quadrupede  du 

genre  des  sarigues  trouve  dans  la  pierre  a  platre  des  environs  de  Paris.  An.  Mus.  Nat. 

Hist.  Nat.,  5:  277-292. 
1817.  Le  regne  animaL  Paris,  Deterville,  1:  xxxvii  +  540  pp. 


De  Blainville,  H.  M.  S.  1816.  Prodrome  d'une  nouvelle  distribution  systematique  du 

regne  animaL  BuU.  Sci.  Soc.  Phlom.  Paris,  ser.  3,  3:  105-124. 

1834.  Cours  de  la  faculte  des  sciences,  1834.  Fide  Palmer,  T.  S.,  1904,  p.  780. 

Dederer,  p.  H.  1909.  Comparison  of  Caenolestes  with  Polyprotodonta  and  Diprotodonta. 

Am.  Nat.,  43:  614-618. 
Dejean,  p.  F.  M.  a.  1834.  Catalogue  des  coleopteres  de  la  collection  de  M.  le  Conte  Dejean 

.  .  .  Paris,  2nd  ed.,  186  pp. 
Del  Corro,  G.  1977.  Un  nuevo  microbioterio  (Marsupialia)  del  Eoceno  de  Patagonia.  Rev. 

Mus.  Arg.  Cienc.  Nat.  "Bernardino  Rivadavia,"  Paleont.,  2(2):  31-33. 
Desmarest,  a.  G.  1804.  Nouveau  Dictionnaire  d'Histoire  Naturelle.  Paris,  24:  20. 
1817.  Nouveau  Dictionnaire  d'Histoire  Naturelle  Nouvelle  edition.  Paris, 

Deterville,  1816-1819  (36  vols.),  16:  409-410. 
DeVis,  C.  W.  1883a.  On  remains  of  an  extinct  marsupial.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  8: 

11-15. 
1883b.  On  Brachalletes  palmeri  an  extinct  marsupial.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W., 

8:  190-193. 

..  1883c.  Notes  on  a  lower  jaw  oi  Palorchestes  azael.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  8: 


221-224. 

-.  1888a.  On  an  extinct  genus  of  the  marsupials  allied  to H\/psiprymnodon.  Proc. 


Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  3(2):  5-8. 

1888b.  On  an  extinct  mammal  of  a  genus  apparently  new.  Proc.  Roy.  Soc. 


Queensland,  4:  99-106. 

..  1889a.  On  a  new  genus  of  extinct  mammals.  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Queensland,  5: 


158-160. 

1889b.  On  the  Phalangistidae  of  the  post-Tertiary  period  in  Queensland. 


Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Queensland,  6:  105-114. 

1891.  In  confirmation  of  the  genus  Owenia  so-called.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc. 


N.S.W.,  6(2):  159-165. 
1907.  fossils  from  the  Gulf  watershed.  Ann.  Qd  Mus.,  7:  3-7. 


Dillon,  L.  S.  1963.  Comparative  studies  of  the  brain  in  the  Macropodidae.  Contribution  to 
the  phylogeny  of  the  mammalian  brain  II.  J.  Comp.  Neurol.,  120:  43-51. 

DoLLO,  L.  1899.  Les  ancestres  des  marsupiaux  etaient-ils  arboricoles?  Trav.  Stat.  Zool. 
Wimereus,  7:  188-203. 

1900.  Le  pied  du  Diprotodon  et  I'origine  arboricole  des  marsupiaux.  Bull. 

Biol.  France,  Belgique,  33:  275-280. 

1906.  Le  pied  de  VAmphiproviverra  et  I'origine  arboricole  des  marsupiaux. 


Bull.  Soc.  beige  Geol.  Proc.-verb.,  20:  166-168. 
D'Orbigny,  a.  D.   1850.  Prodrome  de  Paleontologie  Stratigraphique  Universelle  des 

Animaux  MoUusques  and  Rayonnes.  Victor  Masson,  Paris,  Vol.  I. 
Dumeril,  a  M.  C.  1806.  Zoologie  Analytique,  ou  Methode  Naturell  de  Classification  des 

Animaux.  8°  Paris. 
Eastman,  C.  R.  1915.  Early  portrayals  of  the  opossum.  Am.  Nat.,  49:  585-594. 
EiCHWALD,  E.  VON.  1831.  Zoologia  specialis  quam  expositus  animalibus  turn  vivis,  tum 

fossilibus  potissimum  Rossiae  in  universum  et  Poloniae  in  spedes.  3  parts  in  2  vols. 

Vilnae,  1829-1831,  III,  p.  373. 


MARSHALL:  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  41 

Erxleben,  J.  C.  P.  1777.  Syslema  Regni  Animalis  per  Classes,  Ordines,  Genera,  Sf>ecies, 

Varietates,  cum  Synonymia  et  Historia  Animalium.  Classis  I.  Mammalia  8°  Lipsiae. 
FiLHOL,  H.  1879.  Etudes  des  mammiferes  fossiles  de  St.  Gerand  le  Puy  (Allier).  Ann.  Sci. 

Geol.  (Paris),  10: 1-253. 
Fischer  von  Waldheim,  G.  1813.  Zoognisia  tabulis  synopticis  illustrata.  Moscow,  Nicolai 

Sergeidis  Vsevolozsky,  vol.  2,  605  pp. 
1814.  Zodgnosia  tabulis  synoptics  illustrata.  Moscow,  Nicolai  Sergeidis 

Vsevolozsky,  vol.  3,  732  pp. 

1840.  In  ].  O.  Westwotxi,  An  introduction  to  the  mcxiern  classification  of 


insects.  London,  Longman,  Orme,  Brown,  Green  and  Longmans,  1839-1840.  2  vols. 
Fletcher,  J.  j.  1885.  Catalogue  of  papers  and  works  relating  to  the  mammalian  orders. 

Marsupialia  and  Monotremata.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  9(3):  1-55  (reprint). 
Flynn,  T.  T.  1911.  Notes  on  Marsupialian  anatomy.  I.  On  the  condition  of  the  median 

vaginal  septum  in  the  Trichosuridae.  Pap.  &  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tasmania,  1911:  120-123. 
Forbes,  W.  A.  1881.  In  Memoriam.  The  collected  scientific  papers  of  the  late  A.  H.  Garrod. 

Edited,  with  a  biographical  memoir  of  the  author  by  W.  A.  Forbes.  London,  537  pp. 
Fox,  R.  C.  1971.  Marsupial  mammals  from  the  early  Campanian  Milk  River  Formation, 

Alberta,  Canada.  Zool.  J.  Linn.  Soc.  London,  Suppl.  1,  50:  145-164. 
1972.  A  primitive  therian  mammal  from  the  Upper  Cretaceous  of  Alberta. 

Canadian  j.  Earth  Sci.,  9(11):  1479-1494. 
Frith,  H.  j.  and  J.  H.  Calaby.  1%9.  Kangaroos.  F.  W.  Cheshire,  Melbourne,  209  pp. 
Gadow,  H.  1892.  On  the  systematic  position  of  Notoiyctes  typhbps.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lon- 
don, 361-370. 
Ganclbauer,  L.  1899.  Die  Kafer  von  Mitteleuropa.  Dritter  Band,  zweite  Halfte.  Familien- 

reihe  Clavicomia.  Wien,  3:  409-1046. 
Garrod,  A.  H.  1875.  On  the  kangaroo  called  Halmalurus  luduosus  by  D'Albertis  and  its 

affinities.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1875:  48-59. 
Geoffroy,  t.  17%.  Dissertation  sur  les  Animaux  a  bourse  Millin.  Magaz.  Encydop^ique 

2*  ann^,  3:  469-470. 
1803.  Notice  sur  une  nouvelle  espece  des  mammiferes.  Ann.  Mus.  d'Hist. 

Nat.,  2:  364. 

1804.  Sur  un  nouveau  genre  de  Mammiferes  a  bourse  nomme  Perameles. 


Ann.  Mus.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  4:  56-65. 
1811.  Note  sur  un  nouveau  mammifere  decouvert  ck  la  Nouvelle  Hollande, 


par  M.  Bass,  voyageur  anglais.  Bull.  Sci.  Soc.  Philomathique,  Paris,  3(72):  185. 
Geoffroy,  6.  and  G.  Cuvier.  1795.  Memoire  sur  une  nouvelle  division  des  Mammiferes, 

et  sur  les  prindpes  qui  doivent  servir  de  base  dans  cette  sorte  de  travail.  Magasin 

Encyclopedique,  Paris,  Millin,  Noel  et  Warens,  vol.  2,  164-190. 
1837.  Histoire  naturelle  des  mammiferes,  avec  des  figures  originales  .  .  . 

Paris,  1824-1847,  4(60):  6. 
Gervais,   p.    1836.    Mammalogie  ou    Mastologie.    Dictionnaire  pittoresque  d'Histoire 

naturelle.  Tome  4°,  614-640. 
1855.  Histoire  naturell  des  mammiferes  avec  I'indication  de  leurs  mcH?urs,  et 

de  leurs  rapports  avec  les  arts,  le  commerce  et  I'agriculture.  Paris,  L.  Curmer,  1854-1855. 
Gervais,  P.  and  j.  Verreaux.  1842.  On  a  new  genus  of  marsupial  animals  {Tarsipes 

rostralus).  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1842:  1-5. 
Gesner,  K.  1551.  Historiae  animalium.  Liber  I,  De  quadrupedibus  viviparis.  Francofurti. 

Tiguri,  Zurich. 
Gill,  T.  1872.  Arrangement  of  the  families  of  mammals  with  analytical  tables.  Smithso- 
nian Misc.  Coll.,  11(1):  1-98. 
GiSTEL,  j.  von  N.  F.  X.  1848.  Naturgeschichte  des  Thierreichs,  fiir  hohere  schulen  bearb. 

Stuttgart,  Hoffman'sch  (etc.),  pp.  xvi,  216. 
Glauert,  L.  1926.  A  list  of  Western  Australian  fossils.  Supplement  no.  1.  Bull.  Geol.  Surv. 

West.  Austral.,  88:  36-72. 


42  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

Gloger,  C.  W.  L.  1841.  Gemeinniitziges  Hand-und  Hilfsbuch  der  Naturgeschichte.  Bd. 
I — Enthaltend  die  erste  Halfte  der  Naturgeschichte  der  Thiere  ...  8°  Breslau,  Verlag  von 
Aug.  Schulz  &  Comp.  [1841]-1842,  pp.  xxxiv,  495. 

1842.  Gemeinnutziges  Hand-und  Hilfsbuch  der  Naturgeschichte.  I.  Bres- 
lau, xxxxiv  -I-  495  pp. 

GoLDFUss,  G.  A.  1817.  Die  Saugethiere  in  Abbildungen  nach  der  Natur.  Mit  Be- 
schreibungen  .  .  .  Fortgesetzt  von  G.  A.  Goldfuss.  Leipzig,  1817-1846  (This  is  an  update 
of  a  work  by  J.  C.  D.  von  Schreber). 

1820.  Handbuch  der  Zoologie.  Niirnberg,  J.  L.  Schrag,  2  vols. 

Gould,  J.  1841.  A  monograph  of  the  Macropodidae  or  family  of  kangaroos.  London,  1841 
[-42],  2  pts.,  30  pis. 

1842.  No  title.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  for  1841,  p.  80. 

1845a.  No  title.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  for  1844,  p.  79. 

1845b  [1863].  The  mammals  of  Australia.  Privately  printed  (compiled  in 

1863).  London,  3  vols.,  182  color  plates. 

Grasse,  p.  p.  1955.  Ordre  des  marsupiaux,  pp.  93-135.  In  P.  P.  Grasse  (ed.),  Traite  de 
Zoologie.  Tome  1:  Mammiferes.  Paris,  Masson  &  Cie. 

Gray,  G.  R.  1855.  Catalogue  of  the  genera  and  subgenera  of  birds  contained  in  the  British 
Museum.  London,  192  pp. 

Gray,  J.  E.  1821.  On  the  natural  arrangement  of  vertebrose  animals.  London  Med.  Re- 
posit.,  15(1):  296-310. 

1825.  Outline  of  an  attempt  at  the  disposition  of  the  Mammalia  into  tribes 

and  families  with  a  list  of  the  genera  apparently  appertaining  to  each  tribe.  Ann.  Philos. 
n.s.  vol.  10:  336-344  (vol.  26  of  the  whole  series). 

1827.  Synopsis  of  the  spedes  of  the  class  Mammalia  as  arranged  with 


reference  to  their  organization  .  .  .  with  specific  characters,  synonyma  etc.  In  Cuvier,  G., 
Animal  Kingdom  .  .  .  with  additional  descriptions  by  Edward  Griffith  and  others.  Vol.  5, 
Mammalia,  391  pp.  London,  G.  B.  Whittacker. 

1837.  Description  of  some  new  or  little  known  Mammalia,  principally  in  the 


British  Museum  Collection.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1:  577-587. 

..  1839.  In  T.  L.  Mitchell,  Three  expeditions  into  the  interior  of  eastern  Au- 


stralia. .  .  .  Vol.  2. 

1841.  On  the  geographical  distribution  of  the  animals  of  New  Holland. 


Report  British  Assoc.  Meetings  for  1841  (1842).  Appendix  to  G.  Grey's  Journals  of  two 
Expeditions  in  N.E.  and  W.  Australia,  vol.  H.  London. 

..  1842.  Description  of  two  new  species  of  Mammalia  discovered  in  Australia 


by  Captain  George  Grey,  Governor  of  South  Australia.  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  9:  39-42. 
1843.  List  of  the  specimens  of  Mammalia  in  the  collection  of  the  British 


Museum.  London,  British  Museum  (Natural  History),  xxviii  -I-  216  pp. 

..  1858.  List  of  spedes  of  Mammalia  sent  from  the  Aru  Islands  by  Mr.  A.  R. 


Wallace  to  the  British  Museum.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1858: 106-113. 

1862.  Additional  observations  on  the  genus  Cuscus.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lon- 


don, for  1861,  314-321. 

1863.  Notice  of  three  wombats  in  the  zoological  gardens.  Ann.  Mag.  Nat. 


Hist.,ser.  3,  11:457-459. 
Gregory,  W.  K.  1910.  The  orders  of  mammals.  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  27: 1-524. 
1922.  On  the  "habitus"  and  "heritage"  of  Caenolestes.  J.  Mammal.,  3:  106- 

114.- 

1947.  The  monotremes  and  the  palimpsest  theory.  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat. 


Hist.,  88:  7-52. 

Green,  M.  and  J.  E.  Martin.  1976.  Peratherium  (MarsupiaUa:  Didelphidae)  from  the 
Oligocene  and  Miocene  of  South  Dakota,  pp.  155-168.  In  C.  S.  Churcher  (ed.).  Essays  on 
Palaeontology  in  Honor  of  Loris  Shane  Russell,  286  pp.  Toronto,  Univ.  of  Toronto  Press. 

Grey,  G.  1841.  Journals  of  two  expeditions  of  discovery  in  north-west  and  western  Aus- 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIAUA  43 

tralia,  during  the  years  1837,  38,  and  39,  under  the  authority  of  her  Majesty's  govern- 
ment. ...  2  vols.  London,  T.  and  W.  Boone. 
GuiLER,  E.  R.  1%1.  The  former  distribution  and  decline  of  the  thyladne.  AustraL  J.  Sd., 

23:  207-210. 
GuNSON,  M.  M.,  G.  B.  Sharman,  and  J.  A.  Thomson.  1968.  The  affinities  of  Burramys 

(Marsupialia:  Phalangeroidea)  as  revealed  by  a  study  of  its  chromosomes.  Austral.  J. 

Sd.,  31:  40-41. 
Haeckel,  E.  1866.  Generelle  Morphologie  der  Organismen.  Berlin,  Georg  Reimer,  vol.  2, 

462  pp. 
Mains,  R.  W.  1958.  Arboreal  or  terrestrial  ancestry  of  placental  mammals.  Quart.  Rev. 

Bid.,  33(1):  1-23. 
Haltenorth,  T.  1958.  Klassifikation  der  Saugetiere.  2.  Ordnung  Beuteltiere-Marsupialia 

lUiger  1811  (=Didelphia  BlainviUe,  1816).  Handb.  Zool.,  Berlin,  8(16):  7-40. 
Hartman,  C.  G.  1952.  Possums.  Austin,  University  of  Texas  Press,  174  pp. 
Harvey,  J.  B.  1841.  A  sketch  of  the  natural  history  of  Port  Lincoln.  S.  Austral.  Mag.,  1(1): 

210-212. 
Hay,  O.  p.  1930.  Second  bibliography  and  catalogue  of  the  fossil  Vertebrata  of  North 

America.  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Publ.  no.  390,  vol.  1,  viii  +  916  pp.  (1929);  vol.  II, 

xiv  +  1074  pp.  (1930). 
Hayman,  D.  L.,  j.  A.  W.  KiRSCH,  P.  G.  Martin,  and  P.  F.  Waller.  1971.  Chromosomal 

and  serological  studies  of  the  Caenolestidae  and  their  implications  for  marsupial  evolu- 
tion. Nature,  Lond.,  231  (5299):  194-195. 
Hayman,  D.  L.  and  P.  G.  Martin.  1974.  Animal  Cytogenetics.  Chordata  4,  Mammalia  I: 

Monotremata  and  Marsupialia,  110  pp.  Berlin,  Stuttgart,  Gebriider  Bomtraeger. 
Heller,  K.  M.  1897.  Zw^ei  neue  Beutelthiere  aus  Deutsch  New  Guinea,  nebst  einer  Auf- 

zahlung  der  bekannten  popuanischen  Saugethiere.   Abh.   und  Ber.   K.   Zool.   und 

Anthrop.-Ethn.  Mus.,  Dresden,  1896-1897,  6(8):  1-7. 
Hershkovitz,  p.  1949.  Generic  names  of  the  four-eyed  opossum  and  the  wooly  opossum 

(DidelpWdae).  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  62:  11-12. 
1976.  Comments  on  generic  names  of  four-eyed  opossums  (Family  Didel- 

phidae).  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  89(23):  295-304. 
Hill,  j.  P.  1897.  The  placentation  oiPerameles.  Quart,  j.  Micro.  Sd.,  n.s.,  40:  385-446. 
HoFER,  H.  1952.  Ober  das  gegenwartige  Bild  der  Evolution  der  Beuteltiere.  Zool.  jahrb., 

Abt.  Anat.  Ontog.,  72:  365-437. 
HoFFSTETTER,  R.  1976.  Histoire  des  mammiferes  et  derive  des  continents.  La  Recherche, 

64:  124-138. 
Hope,  J.  H.  1974.  The  Biogeography  of  the  mammals  of  the  Islands  of  Bass  Strait,  pp. 

397-415.  In  Biogeography  and  Ecology  in  Tasmania.  W.  Junk  (The  Hague). 
Hough,  J.  R.  1%1.  Review  of  Oligocene  dideiphid  marsupials.  J.  Paleont.,  35:  218-228. 
HouLBERT,  C.  1918.  Revision  monographique  des  Castniinae.  In  Oberthur  Et.  Lep.  comp. 

15.  Rennes  1918,  pp.  5-730,  pis.  437-462. 
Hughes,  R.  L.   1%5.  Comparative  morphology  of  spermatozoa  from  five  marsupial 

families.  Austral,  j.  Zool.,  13:  533-543. 
HuNSAKER,  D.,  II.  1977.  The  Biology  of  Marsupials.  D.  Hunsaker  II  (ed.).  New  York, 

Academic  Press,  537  pp. 
Huxley,  T.  H.  1880.  On  the  application  of  the  laws  of  evolution  to  the  arrangement  of  the 

Vertebrata  and  more  particularly  of  the  Mammalia.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1880: 

649-662. 
Iherinc,  H.  von.  1914.  Os  Gambas  do  Brazil:  Marsupiaes  do  gen.  Didelphis.  Sao  Paulo, 

Rev.  Mus.  Paulista,  9(1914):  338-356. 
Illicer,  C.  1811.  Prodromus  systematis  mammalian  et  avium  additis  terminus  zoo- 

graphids  utriudque  classis.  Berlin,  C.  Salfeld,  xviii  +  301  pp. 
Iredale,  T.  and  E.  Le  G.  Troughton.  1934.  "A  check-list  of  the  mammals  recorded  from 

Australia."  The  Australian  Museum,  Sydney,  Mem.  VI,  122  pp. 


44  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

Jameson,  R.  1831.  On  the  fossil  bones  found  in  the  bone-caves  and  bone-breccia  of  New 
Holland.  Edinb.  New  Phil.  ].,  393-396. 

Kermack,  K.  a.  1967.  The  interrelations  of  early  mammals,  pp.  241-249.  In  C.  Patterson 
and  P.  H.  Greenwood  (eds.).  Fossil  Vertebrates.  Academic  Press,  New  York.  ].  Linn. 
Soc.  London,  Zool.,  vol.  47,  no.  311. 

KiRSCH,  J.  A.  W.  1968a.  Prodromus  of  the  comparative  serology  of  Marsupialia.  Nature, 
London,  217:  418-420. 

1968b.  The  serological  affinities  of  Bunamys  and  related  possums.  (Mar- 
supialia: Phalangeroidea).  Austral.  J.  Sci.,  31:  43-45. 

..  1977a.  The  six-per-cent  solution:  second  thoughts  on  the  adaptedness  of  the 


Marsupialia.  Am.  Scientist,  65(3):  276-288. 

1977b.  The  comparative  serology  of  Marsupialia.  Austral.  J.  Zool.,  Suppl. 


Ser.,  52:  1-152. 

-.  1977c.  The  classification  of  marsupials,  with  special  reference  to  karyotypes 


and  serum  proteins,  pp.  1-50.  In  D.  Hunsaker  (ed.).  The  Biology  of  Marsupials,  537  pp. 
New  York,  Academic  Press. 

-.  1977d.  Biological  aspects  of  the  marsupial-placental  dichotomy:  a  reply  to 


Lillegraven.  Evolution,  31(4):  898-900. 
KiRSCH,  J.  A.  W.  AND  J.  H.  Calaby.  1977.  The  species  of  living  marsupials,  pp.  9-26.  In  B. 

Stonehouse  and  D.  Gilmore  (eds.).  The  Biology  of  Marsupials,  486  pp.  Baltimore,  Univ. 

Park  Press. 
Koch,  C.  L.  1837.  Deutschlands  crustaceen,  myriapoden  und  arachniden  Ein  beitrag  zur 

deutschen  fauna,  von  C.  L.  Loch.  .  .  .  Hrsg.  von  Dr.  Herrich-Schaffer  .  .  .  Regensburg,  F. 

Pustet  [1835-1844].  Issued  in  40  parts,  4(11),  {Tydeus,  table  II). 
KoENiGSWALD,  W.  VON  1970.  Peratherium  (Marsupialia)  in  Ober-Oligozan  und  Miozan  von 

Europa.  Bayer.  Ak.  Wissenschaft.,  Math-Natur.  Kl.  Abhand.  n.f.,  144:  1-79. 
Kraglievich,  J.  L.  1960.  Marsupiales  tilacosmilinos  de  la  fauna  de  Chapadmalal.  Publ.  del 

Mus.  Munic.  Cienc.  Nat.  y  Trad,  de  Mar  del  Plata,  1(2):  53-72. 
Kraglievich,  L.   1934.   La  antigiiedad  pliocena  de  las  faunas  de  Monte  Hermoso  y 

Chapadmalal,  deducidas  de  su  comparacion  con  las  que  le  precedieron  y  sucedieron. 

Montevideo,  El  Siglo  lUustrado,  no.  938,  136  pp. 
Krefft,  G.  1867.  On  the  classification  of  the  small  Dasyuridae  of  Australia,  with  descrip- 
tions of  two  new  genera  and  one  new  species.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  for  1866, 

431-435. 
Krumbiegel,  I.  VON.  1940.  Die  Saugetiere  der  Siidamerika-Expeditionen  Prof.  Dr.  Kriegs. 

5.  Schwimmbeutler.  Zool.  Anzeiger,  132:  63-72. 
1941.  Die  Saugetiere  der  Siidamerika-Expeditionen  Prof.  Dr.  Kriegs.  10. 

Opossums  {Didelphys).  Zool.  Anzeiger,  134(3/4):  29-53. 
KiJHNE,  W.  G.  1972.  The  systematic  position  of  monotremes  reconsidered  (Mammalia). 

Zeit.  fiir  Morph.  Tiere,  75:  59-64. 
1975.  Marsupium  and  marsupial  bone  in  Mesozoic  mammals  and  in  the 

Marsupionta.  Coll.  Inter.  Cent.  Nat.  Recherche  Scient.,  218:  585-588. 
Lacepede,  B.  G.  E.  1799.  Tableau  des  divisions.  Sous — divisions,  ordres  et  genres  des 

mammiferes.  /n  G.  L.  L.  de  Buffon,  Histoire  naturelle.  Paris,  P.  Didot  L'Aine  et  Firntun 

Didot,  8°  Paris,  An.  VII. 

Lambe,  L.  M.  1902.  On  vertebrata  of  the  Mid-Cretaceous  of  the  Northwest  Territory.  2. 

New  genera  and  species  from  the  Belly  River  Series  (Mid-Cretaceous).  Contrib.  Canada. 

Paleont.,  3:  25-81. 
Laurie,  E.  M.  O.  and  J.  E.  Hill.  1954.  "List  of  Land  Mammals  of  New  Guinea,  Celebes 

and  Adjacent  Islands  1758-1952."  London,  British  Museum  (Nat.  Hist.),  175  pp. 
Leidy,  J.  1856.  Notices  of  several  genera  of  extinct  Mammalia,  previously  less  perfectly 

characterized.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  8:  91-92. 
Lemoine,  V.  1891.  Etude  d'ensemble  sur  les  dents  des  mammiferes  fossiles  des  environs 

de  Reims.  Bull.  Soc.  Geol.  France,  ser.  3,  19:  263-290. 
Lenz,  H.  O.  1831.  Naturgeschichte  der  Saugethiere  nach  Cuvier's  Systema  bearbeitet. 

Gotha,  324  pp. 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  45 

Lesouef,  a.  S.,  H.  Burrell,  and  E.  Trouchton.  1926.  The  wild  animals  of  Australasia. 
London,  George  G.  Harrap  and  Co.,  Ltd.,  388  pp. 

Lesson,  R.  P.  1826.  Voyage  autour  du  mende,  execute  par  ordre  du  roi,  sur  la  Corvette  de 
sa  majeste  la  CoquiUe,  pandant  les  annees  1822-1825.  .  .  ,  vol.  1,  pp.  150-161. 

1828.  Dictionnaire  dassique  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  par  messieurs  Audouin 

.  .  .  R.  P.  Lessor  et  vol.  XIlI-XVll. 

..  1842.  Nouveau  tableau  du  regne  animal.  Mammiferes.  Paris,  Arthus  Ber- 


trand,  204  pp. 
LiAis,  E.  1872.  Climats,  geologie,  faune  et  geographic  botanique  de  Bresil.  Paris,  640  pp. 

LicHTENSTEiN  AND  Weinland.  1854.  No  Title.  Monatsber.  Kon.  Preuss.  Akad.  Wiss., 

Berlin  for  1854,  372-374. 
Lidicker,  W.  Z.  and  W.  I.  Follett.  1%8.  Isoodon,  Desmarest  1817,  rather  than  Thxfbcis 

lUiger  1811,  as  the  valid  generic  name  of  the  short-nosed  bandicoots  (Marsupialia: 

Peramelidae).  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  81:  251-256. 

Lidicker,  W.  Z.  and  B.  ].  Marlow.  1970.  A  review  of  the  dasyurid  marsupial  genus 
Antechinomifs  Krefft.  Mammalia,  34(2):  212-227. 

Lillegraven,  j.  A.  1%9.  Latest  Cretaceous  mammals  of  upper  part  of  Edmonton  Forma- 
tion of  Alberta,  Canada,  and  review  of  marsupail  placental  dichotomy  of  mammalian 
evolution.  Univ.  of  Kansas,  Paleon.  Contrib.,  Art.  50  (Vert.  12),  122  pp. 

1974.  Biogeographical  considerations  of  the  marsupial-placental  dichotomy. 

Ann.  Rev.  Ecol.  Syst.,  5:  74-94. 

1976.   Biological  considerations  of  the  marsupial-placental  dichotomy. 


Evolution,  29:  707-722. 
Link,  H.  F.  1794.  Beytrage  zur  Naturgeschichte.  Band  1,  Stiich  1,  124  pp. 

1795.  Beytrage  zur  Naturgeschichte.  Band  1,  Stiich  2,  126  pp. 

Linnaeus,  C.  1758.  Systema  naturae  p>er  regna  tria  naturae,  secundum  classes,  ordines, 

genera,  species  cum  characyeribus,  differentiis,  synonmis,  lods.  Editio  dedma,  refor- 

mata.  Stockholm,  Laurentii  Salvii,  vol.  1  (iil  +  824  pp. 

LoEW,  H.  1851.  Bemerkungen  iiber  die  Familie  der  Asiliden.  Konigl.  Realschule,  Meseritz. 

Programm,  1851,  pp.  1-22. 
Longman,  H.  A.  1921.  A  new  genus  of  fossil  marsupials.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  7:  65-80. 

1924.  Some  Queensland  fossil  vertebrates.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.  8:  16-28. 

LooMis,  F.  B.  1914.  The  Deseadan  Formation  of  Patagonia.  New  Haven,  Concord,  232  pp. 

Lund,  P.  1839.  Coup  d'oeil  sur  les  especes  eteintes  de  mammiferes  du  Bresil,  extrail  de 
quelques  memoires  presentes  a  I'Academie  royale  des  sdences  du  Copenhagen.  Ann. 
Sd.  Nat.  (Paris),  ser.  2,  11:  214-234. 

Lydekker,  R.  1887.  Catalogue  of  the  fossil  Mammalia  in  the  British  Museum  (Natural 
History)  Cromwell  Road,  S.W.  Part  5.  Containing  the  Group  Tillodontia,  the  Orders 
Sirenia,  Cetacea,  Edentata,  Marsupialia,  Monotremata,  and  supplement.  London,  the 
Trustees  of  the  British  Museum  (Natural  History),  345  pp. 

1894.  A  handbook  of  the  Marsupialia  and  Monotremata.  Allen's  Naturalist's 

Library,  London,  302  pp. 

MacLachlan,  R.  1895.  Some  new  spedes  of  Odonata  of  the  "Legion"  testes,  with  notes. 
Ann.  Nat.  Hist.,  16:  19-28. 

MacLeay,  W.  S.  1841.  Notice  of  a  new  genus  of  Mammalia  {Antechinus)  discovered  by  J. 

Stuart  in  New  South  Wales.  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  8(1842):  241-243. 
1857.  Anon.  The  Sydney  Morning  Herald,  no.  6009,  38,  Sept.  9,  1857,  p.  2, 

col.  6. 
Mahoney,  j.  A.,  AND  W.  D.  L.  Ride.  1975.  Index  to  the  genera  and  spedes  of  fossil 

Mammalia  described  from  Australia  and  New  Guinea  between  1838  and  1968.  Sp.  Publ. 

no.  5,  Western  Australian  Museum. 

Marcgrave,  G.  1640.  Historiae  rerum  naturalium  Brasiliae  libi  Odo;  .  .  .  loannes  de  Laet 
...  in  ordinem  digessit  &  annotationes  addidit  multas  .  .  .  Lugdum.  Batavorum,  etc. 

Marlow,  B.  J.  1%2.  Marsupials  of  Australia.  Melbourne,  The  Jacaranda  Press,  141  pp. 


46  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

Marsh,  O.  C.  1872.  Preliminary  description  of  new  Tertiary  mammals.  Parts  II,  ni,  and  IV. 
Am.  J.  Sd.,  (3),  4:  202-224. 

1887.  American  Jurassic  mammals.  Am.  J.  Sd.,  33:  327-348. 

1889a.  Discovery  of  Cretaceous  Mammalia.  Am.  J.  Sd.,  ser.  3,  38:  81-92. 

1889b.  Discovery  of  Cretaceous  Mammalia,  Part  ii.  Am.  ].  Sd.,  ser.  3,  38: 

177-180. 

Marshall,  L.  G.  1976a.  Evolution  of  the  family  Thylacosmilidae,  fossil  marsupial  "saber- 
tooths"  of  South  America.  PaleoBios.,  23: 1-30. 

1976b.  New  didelphine  marsupials  from  the  La  Venta  Fauna  (Miocene)  of 

Colombia,  South  America.  J.  Paleont.,  50(3):  402-418. 

1976c.  Revision  of  the  South  American  fossil  marsupial  subfanuly  Ab- 


deritinae.  Mar  del  Plata  Mus.  Munic.  Cienc.  Natur.,  Publ.,  2(3):  57-90. 

..  1976d.  On  the  affinities  of  Pichipilus  osbomi  Ameghino  1890  (Marsupialia, 


Caenolestinae)    from    the    Santa    Cruz    beds    of    Southern    Patagonia,    Argentina. 
Ameghiniana,  13(1):  56-64. 

-.  1976e.  A  new  borhyaenid  (Marsupialia,  Borhyaenidae)  from  the  Arroyo 


Chasico  Formation  (Lower  Pliocene),  Buenos  Aires  Province,  Argentina.  Ameghiniana, 
3-4:  298-299. 

-.  1977a.  First  Pliocene  record  of  the  water-opossum,  Chironectes  minimus  (Di- 


delphidae,  Marsupialia).  j.  Mammal.,  58(3):  434-436. 

..  1977b.  A  new  spedes  of  Lycopsis  (Borhyaenidae:  Marsupialia)  from  the  La 


Venta  Fauna  (Miocene)  of  Colombia,  South  America.  J.  Paleont.,  51(3):  633-642. 

..  1977c.  Lestodelphys  halli.  Mammalian  spedes  series.  The  Am.  Soc.  Mam- 


malogists,  81:  1-3. 

1977d.  Lutreolina  crassicaudata.  Mammalian  spedes  series.  The  Am.  Soc. 


Mammalogists,  91:  1-4. 

1977e.    Cladistic   analysis    of    didelphoid,    dasyurid,    borhyaenid,    and 


thyladnid  (Marsupial)  affinity.  Syst.  Zool.,  26:  410-425. 

1978a.  Evolution  of  the  Borhyaenidae,  extinct  South  American  predaceous 


marsupials.  Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  Geol.  Sd.,  117:  1-89. 

..  1978b.  Dromidops  australis.  Mammalian  spedes  series.  The  Am.  Soc.  Mam- 


malogists, 99:  1-5. 

1978c.  Glironia  venusta.  Mammalian  spedes  series.  The  Am.  Soc.  Mam- 


malogists, 107:  1-3. 

..   1978d.  Chironectes  minimus.   Mammalian  spedes  series.  The  Am.   Soc. 


Mammalogists,  109: 1-6. 

1979a.  Review  of  the  Prothylacyninae,  an  extinct  subfamily  of  South  Ameri- 


can "dog-like"  marsupials.  Fieldiana:  Geology,  n.s.  no.  3:  1-50. 

1979b.  Evolution  of  Metatherian  and  Eutherian  (Mammalian)  characters:  a 


review  based  on  cladistic  methodology.  Zool.  J.  Linn.  Soc.  London,  66:  369-410. 

..  1980.  Systematics  of  the  South  American  marsupial  family  Caenolestidae. 


Fieldiana:  Geology,  n.s.  no.  5:  1-145. 

..  1981.  Review  of  the  Hathlyacyninae,  an  extinct  subfamily  of  South  Ameri- 


can "dog-like"  marsupials.  Fieldiana:  Geology,  n.s.  no.  7:  1-120. 
Marshall,  L.  G.,  W.  A.  Clemens,  R.  J.  Hoffstetter,  R.  Pascual,  B.  Patterson,  R.  H. 

Tedford,  and  W.  D.  Turnbull.  1977.  ACYONIDAE  Ameghino,  1889  (Mammalia): 

Proposed  suppression  under  the  Plenary  Powers.  Bull.  Zool.  Nomen.,  33(3/4):  212-213. 
1978.  ACYONIDAE  Ameghino,  1889  (Mammalia):  Supplement  to  proposal 

to  suppress  this  name.  Z.N.(S.)  2159.  Bull.  Zool.  Nomen.,  35(1):  12-14. 
Marshall,   L.   G.    and  R.    H.   Tedford.    1978.   Caenolestidae  Trouessart,   1898,   and 

Palaeothentidae  Sinclair,  1906  (Mammalia);  proposed  conservation  under  the  plenary 

powers.  Z.N.(S.)  2214.  BuU.  Zool.  Nomen.,  35(1):  58-64. 
Martin,  R.  A.  1974.  Fossil  mammals  from  the  Coleman  IIA  fauna,  Sumter  County,  pp. 

35-99.  In  S.  D.  Webb  (ed.).  Pleistocene  mammals  of  Florida.  Gainesville,  Univ.  Florida 

Press. 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  47 

Matschie,  p.  1915.  Einige  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  Gattung  Pseudochirus  OGILB.  Sitz- 

ber.  Gesellsch.  Naturf.  Freunde,  Berlin,  1915(4):  83-95. 
, 1916a.  Die  Verbreitung  der  Beuteltiere  auf  Neuginea.  Mitt.  Zool.  Mus. 

Berlin,  8:  257-309. 

..  1916b.  Die  nov  O.  Finsch  bei  Port  Moresby  in  Siideostneuguinea  gesam- 


melten  Kangurus.  Sitzber.  Gesellsch.  Naturf.  Freunde,  Berlin,  1916(1):  43-61. 

..  1916c.  Bemerkungen  uber  die  gattung  Didelphis  L.  Sitzber.  Gesellsch. 


Naturf.  Freunde,  Berlin,  1619(1):  l^B-lTl. 

Matthew,  W.  D.  1916.  A  marsupial  from  the  Belly  River  Cretaceous.  With  critical  observa- 
tions upon  the  affinities  of  the  Cretaceous  mammals.  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  35: 
477-500. 

Matthew,  W.  D.,  and  W.  Granger.  1921.  New  genera  of  Paleocene  mammals.  Am.  Mus. 
Novit.,  13: 1-7. 

McCoy,  F.  1867.  On  a  new  genus  of  phalanger  {Gymnchelideus).  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  3rd 
ser.,  20:  287-288. 

McGrew,  p.  O.  1937.  New  Marsupials  from  the  Tertiary  of  Nebraska.  J.  Geol.,  45: 448-455. 

McKay,  G.  M.  1980.  Nomenclature  of  the  gliding  phalanger  genera  Petaurus  and 
Petauroides.  Aust.  Mammal.  Soc.,  Bull.,  6(2):  51. 

McKenna,  M.  C.  1%1.  On  the  shoulder  girdle  of  the  mammalian  subclass  AUotheria.  Am. 

Mus.  Novit.,  2066: 1-27. 
1975.  Toward  a  phylogenic  classification  of  the  Mammalia,  pp.  21-46.  In  W. 

P.  Luckett  and  F.  S.  Szalay  (eds.),  Phylogeny  of  the  Primates.  New  York,  Plenum  Publ. 

Corp. 
McLeay,  W.  S.  1857.  The  Sydney  Morning  Herald,  no.  6009,  vol.  38,  September  9th,  1857, 

p.  2,  col.  6. 
Mercerat,  a.  1891a.  Caracteres  diagnosticos  de  algunas  espedes  de  Credonta  conser- 

vados  en  la  Museo  de  La  Plata.  Rev.  Mus.  La  Plata,  2:  51-56. 
1891b.  Sobre  un  maxilar  inferior  de  Creodonta  de  Monte  Hermoso.  Rev. 

Mus.  La  Plata,  2:80-81. 

1898.  Sur  de  nouveau  restes  fossiles  de  camassiers  primitifs  de  Monte 


Hermoso.  An.  Soc.  Qenc.  Argen.,  47:  56-60. 

..  1917.  Notas  sobre  algunos  camivoros  fosiles  y  actuales  de  la  America  del 


Sud.  Buenos  Aires,  21  pp. 
Meyer,  H.  von.  1846.  Briefe  an  den  Herausgeber.  Neues  jahrb.  Min.  Geol.  Pal.,  1846: 

462-476;  596-599. 
Miklouho-MacLay,  N.  de.  1884.  On  a  sjjecies  of  kangaroo  (Dorcopsis  chalmersii)  from  the 

south-east  end  of  New  Guinea.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  9:  713,  pi.  38. 

Miller,  G.  S.  and  J.  A.  G.  Rehn.  1901.  Systematic  results  of  the  study  of  North  American 
land  mammals  to  the  close  of  the  year  1900.  P.  Boston  Soc.,  352  pp. 

Miranda  Ribiero,  A.  1936.  Didelphia  ou  Mammalia  ovovivipara.  Revta.  do  Mus.  Paulista, 

Sao  Paulo,  20:  245-427. 
Mitchell,  T.  L.  1831.  An  account  of  the  limestone  caves  at  Wellington  Valley  and  of  the 

situation,  near  one  of  them,  where  fossil  bones  have  been  found.  Proc.  Geol.  Soc. 

London,  I:  321-322. 

1838.  Three  expeditions  into  the  interior  of  eastern  Australia,  with  descrip- 
tions of  the  recently  explored  region  of  Australia  Felix,  and  of  the  present  colony  of  New 
South  Wales.  1st  ed.,  vol.  II.  405  pp. 

1839.  Three  expeditions  into  the  interior  of  eastern  Australia,  with  descrip- 


tions of  the  recently  explored  region  of  Australia  Felix,  and  of  the  present  colony  of  New 
South  Wales.  T.  and  W.  Boone,  2nd  ed.,  vol.  II,  415  pp. 

Mjoberg,  E.  1916.  On  a  new  genus  and  species  of  marsupials.  K.  svenska  VetensK.-Acad. 
Handl.,  52: 13-20. 

Moeller,  H.  1968.  Zur  Frage  der  Parallelerscheinungen  bei  Metatheria  und  Eutheria.  Z. 
fiir  Wiss.  Zool.  177:  283-392. 


48  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

1973a.  Zur  Kenntnis  der  Schnadelgestalt  groBer  Rabbeutler  (Dasyuridae 

Waterhouse,  1838)  Eine  allometrische  Formanalyse.  Zool.  Jahr.  Anat.  Ont.  Tier.,  91(2): 

257-303. 
1973b.  Zur  Evolutions  Hohe  des  Marsupialia  gehirns.  Zool.  Jahrb.  Abt. 

Anat.  Ontog.  Tiere,  91:  434-448. 
Moreno,  F.  P.  1882.  Patagonia.  Resto  de  un  antiguo  continente  hoy  sumergido.  An.  Soc. 

Cien.  Argent.,  14:  97-131. 
MuiRHEAD,  H.  1819.  Sir  David  Brewster's  .  .  .  The  Edinburgh  Encyclopedia.  Edinburgh  (18 

vols.),  13(2):  429. 
MiJLLER,  R.  J.  1929.  Bie  mechanik  der  syndactylen  Zehen  von  Macropus  und  anderen 

Beuteltieren  und  ihre  Verwendung  als  Putzorgan.  Zeitschrift  fiir  Morphologie  und 

Okologie  der  Tiere,  17:  154-218. 
MiJLLER,  S.  AND  H.  ScHLEGEL.  1839.  Over  drie  buideldieren  uit  de  familie  der  Kangoeroe's. 

Verb.  nat.  Gesch.  Nederl.  overzee.  Bezitt.  Leiden,  1:  129-148. 
MuNSTER,  S.  1550.  Cosmographiae  uniuersalis  .  .  .  Basel,  Henrichum  Petri. 
Murray,  A.  1866.  The  geographic  distribution  of  mammals.  London,  Day  and  Son,  Ltd., 

420  pp. 
Odreman,  Rivas,  O.  E.  1978.  Sobre  la  presenda  de  un  Polydolopidae  (Mammalia,  Mar- 
supialia) en  capas  de  Edad  Mustersense  (Eoceno  medio)  de  Patagonia.  Obra  del  Cen- 

tenario  del  Museo  de  La  Plata,  5:  29-38. 
Oehser,  p.  H.  1934.  Another  new  generic  name  for  a  South  American  marsupial.  J. 

Mammal.,  15:  240. 
Ogilby,  J.  D.  1892.  Catalogue  of  Australian  Mammalia,  with  introductory  notes  on  general 

mammalogy.  Sydney,  The  Australian  Museum,  catalogue,  16:  1-142. 
Ogilby,  W.  1837.  Observation  on  the  opposable  power  of  the  thumb  in  certain  mammals, 

considered  as  a  zoological  character;  and  on  the  natural  affinities  which  subsist  between 

the  Bimana,  Quadrumana,  and  Pedimana.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1:  449-459. 
1838.  On  a  new  species  of  marsupial  animal  {Chaeropus  ecaudatus)  found  by 

Major  Mitchell  on  the  banks  of  the  River  Murray,  in  N.S.W.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London, 

63:  25-27. 
Oken,  L.  1816.  Okens  Lehrbuch  der  Naturgeschichte.  I-IIL  Theile.  Leipzig,  Reclam,  1813- 

1826.  3  vols.,  in  5.  3.  Theile:  Zoologie.  1.  Abth.  Fleischlose  Thiere.  Fleischthiere,  2: 

1128-1130. 
OsBORN,  H.  F.  1898.  Evolution  of  the  Amblypoda.  Part  I — Taligrada  and  Pantodonta.  Bull. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  10:  169-218. 
1910.  The  age  of  mammals  in  Europe,  Asia  and  North  America.  New  York, 

Macmillan  Co.,  xx  -I-  635  pp. 
Osgood,  W.  H.  1921.  A  monographic  study  of  the  American  marsupial  Caenolestes.  Field 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Zool.  Ser.,  14(1):  1-162. 
1924.  Review  of  living  caenolestids  with  description  of  a  new  genus  from 

Chile.  Field  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Zool.  Ser.,  14(2):  165-173. 
Owen,  R.  1838a.  Fossil  Marsupialia  from  the  caves  of  Wellington  Valley.  In  T.  L.  Mitchell's 

"Three  Expeditions  to  the  Interior  of  Eastern  Australia.  .  .  ."  As  an  appendix  in  vol.  2. 
1838b.  Untitled  article.  Athenaeum,  J.  of  Eng.  and  Foreign  Lit.,  Sd.,  and 

Fine  Arts,  London,  Oct.  13,  no.  572,  p.  747. 

1839a.  Fossil  Marsupialia  from  the  caves  of  Wellington  Valley.  In  T.  L. 


Mitchell's  "Three  Expeditions  to  the  Interior  of  Eastern  Australia.  .  .  ."  As  an  appendix 
in  vol.  2. 

1839b.  Outlines  of  a  classification  of  the  Marsupialia.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lon- 


don, 7:  5-19. 

1839c  [1852].  Marsupialia,  pp.  257-330.  In  Robert  Todd's  Cyclopedia  of 


Anatomy  and  Physiology. 

1841a.  Outlines  of  a  classification  of  the  Marsupialia.  Trans.  Zool.  Soc. 


London,  2:  315-334. 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  49 

1841b.  On  the  osteology  of  the  Marsupialia.  Trans.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  2: 

379-408. 

1845a.  Descriptive  and  illustrated  catalogue  of  the  fossil  organic  remains  of 


Mammalia  and  Aves  contained  in  the  Museum  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  of 
England.  London,  Richard  and  J.  E.  Taylor,  391  pp. 

1845b.  Odontography.  .  .  .  Part  III.  London,  Hippolyte  Balliere,  665  pp. 

1858a.  Notes  on  some  outline-drawings  and  photographs  of  the  skuU  of 


Zygomaturus  trilobus  Madeay,  from  Australia.  Abstr.  Proc.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  12: 49-50. 
1858b.  Odontology,  pp.  407-484.  In  The  Encyclopaedia  Brittanica,  or  dictio- 


nary of  arts,  sciences,  and  general  literature,  8th  ed.  vol.  16.  Edinburgh,  Adam  and 
Charles  Black. 

..  1859.  On  the  classification  and  geographical  distribution  of  the  Mammalia, 


London,  j.  W.  Parker  and  Son,  103  pp. 

1866.  On  the  anatomy  of  vertebrates,  vol.  n.  London,  Longmans,  Green. 

..  1872.  On  the  fossil  mammals  of  Australia.  VII.  Genus  Phascolomys.  Phil. 


Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  London,  162: 173-1%,  241-258. 

1873a.  On  the  fossil  mammals  of  Australia.  Part  VIII.  Macropodidae,  Gen- 


era: Macropus.  Osphranter,  Phascolagus,  Sthenurus  and  Prolemnodon  (abstr.).  Proc.  Roy. 
Soc.  London,  21: 128. 

..  1873b.  On  the  fossil  mammals  of  Australia.  Part  IX.  Family  Macropodidae: 


Macropus,  Pachysiagon,  Lqjtosiagon,  Procoptodon  and  Palorchestes  (abstr.).  Proc.  Roy.  Soc. 
London,  21:  386-387. 

1874a.  On  the  fossil  mammals  of  Australia.  Part  VIII.  Family  Macropodidae: 


Genera:  Macropus.  Osphranter,  Phascolagus,  Sthenurus  and  Protemnodon.  Phil.  Trans.  Roy. 
Soc.  London,  164:  245-287. 

1874b.  On  the  fossil  mammals  of  Australia.  Part  IX.  Family  Macropodidae: 


Genera:  Macropus,  Pachysaigon,  Leptosaigon,  Procoptodon  and  Palorchestes.  Phil.  Trans. 
Roy.  Soc.  London,  164:  783-803. 

1877.  Note  on  a  new  marsupial  from  Australia  (Pleopus,  Hypsiprymnodon, 


Ram.)  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  4th  ser.,  20:  542. 

..  1879.  On  Hypsiprymnodon  Ramsay,  a  genus  indicative  of  a  distinct  family 


(Pleopodidae)  in  the  diprotodont  section  of  the  Marsupialia.  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  London, 
ser.  2, 1:  573-582. 
1888.  On  Thylacopardus  australis,  Owen.  Nature,  London,  39:  215. 


Packard,  A.  S.  1864.  Synopsis  of  the  Bombyddae  of  the  United  States.  Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Philadelphia,  3:  97-130. 
Palmer,  T.  S.  1904.  Index  Generum  Mammalium:  a  list  of  the  genera  and  families  of 

mammals.  U.S.  Dept.  Agr.,  North  American  Fauna,  no.  23,  1-984. 
Parker,  T.  J.  and  W.  A.  Haswell.  1897.  A  Text-book  of  Zoology.  London,  Macmillan  and 

Co.,  vol.  2,  XX  +  683  pp. 
Pascual,  R.  and  a.  R.  Bocchino.  1963.  Un  nuevo  Borhyaeninae  (Marsupialia)  del 

Plioceno  medio  de  Hidalgo  (La  Pampa).  Ameghiniana,  3(4):  97-107. 
Pascual,  R.  and  H.  E.  Herrera.  1973.  Adidones  al  conodmiento  de  Pliolestes  tripotamicus 

Reig,  1955  (Mammalia,  Marsupialia,  Caenolestidae)  del  Plioceno  superior  de  la  Argen- 
tina. Ameghiniana,  10(1):  36-50. 
1975.  Stilotherium  Ameghino,  1887,  el  mas  primitivo  Caenolestidae  con- 

oddo.  Consideradones  sobre  la  transidon  Didelphidae — Caenolestidae  (Marsupialia). 

Act.  1st.  Cong.  Argent.  Paleont.  y  Biostr.,  Tucumin.  II:  417-430. 
Patterson,  B.  1952.  Un  nuevo  y  extraordinario  marsupial  Deseadiano.  Rev.  Mus.  Munic. 

Qen.  Nat.  Trad,  de  Mar  del  Plata,  1:  39-44. 
1958.  Affinities  of  the  Patagonian  fossil  mammal,  Necrolestes.  Breviora,  94: 

1-14. 

1965.  The  fossil  elephant  shrews  (Family  Macroscelididae).  Bull.  Mus. 


Comp.  Zool.,  133:  295-335. 


50  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

Patterson,  B.,  and  L.  G.  Marshall.  1978.  The  Deseadan,  Early  Oligocene,  Marsupialia 
of  South  America.  Fieldiana:  Geology,  41(2):  37-100. 

Paula  Couto,  C.  de.  1952a.  Fossil  mammals  from  the  beginning  of  the  Cenozoic  in  Brazil. 
Marsupialia:  Didelphidae.  Am.  Mus.  Novit.,  1567:  1-26. 

1952b.  Fossil  mammals  from  the  beginning  of  the  Cenozoic  in  Brazil.  Mar- 
supialia: Polydolopidae  and  Borhyaenidae.  Amer.  Mus.  Novit.,  1559: 1-27. 

1952c.  A  new  name  for  Mirandaia  ribeiroi  Paula  Couto  1952.  J.  Mammal., 


33(4):  503. 

..  1961.  Marsupials  fosseis  do  Paleoceno  do  Brazil.  An.  Acad,  brasil.  Cienc, 


33:  321-333. 

..  1962.  Didelfideos  fosiles  del  Paleoceno  de  Brasil.  Rev.  Mus.  Argent.  Cien. 


Nat.  "Bernardino  Rivadavia,"  Cien.  Zool.,  8(112):  135-166. 

..  1970.  News  on  the  fossil  marsupials  from  the  Riochican  of  Brazil.  An.  Acad. 


Brasil.  Cienc,  42(1):  19-34. 
Pearson,  J.  1950.  The  relationships  of  the  Potoroidae  to  the  Macropodidae  (Marsupialia). 

Pap.  &  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tasmania,  1949:  211-229. 
Pelsaert,  F.  1630.  Account  of  the  wreck  of  the  Batavia.  In  G.  J.  Saeghman's  Verscheyde 

Oost-Indische  Voyagien,  No.  18.  Amsterdam,  1664. 
Pentland,  W.  1831.  Further  notes  in  regard  to  the  fossil  bones  found  in  Wellington 

Countay,  New  South  Wales.  Edinb.  New  Phil.  J.,  179-180. 
1832.  On  the  fossil  bones  of  Wellington  Valley,  New  Holland  or  New  South 

Wales.  Edinb.  New  Phil.  ].,  301-308. 
1833.  Observations  on  a  collection  of  fossil  bones  sent  to  Baron  Cuvier  from 


New  Holland.  Edinb.  New  Phil.  J.,  120-121. 
Peters,  W.  1874.  Diagnosi  di  tre  nuoui  mammiferi  della  Nuova  Guinea  ed  Isole  Key: 

Hydromys  beccarii;  Phalangista  (Pseudochirus)  albertisii;  Ph.  (Distoechurus)  pennata.  Annali 

del  Museo  Civieo  di  Storia  Naturule  Genova,  6:  303. 
1875.  No  title.  Sitzungs-Bericht  der  Gesellschaft  naturforschender  Freunde 

zu  Berlin,  20:  73. 
Pine,  R.  H.  1973.  Anatomical  and  nomenclatural  notes  on  opossums.  Proc.  Biol.  Soc. 

Wash.,  86(33):  391-402. 
Piveteau,  J.  1961.  Marsupialia,  pp.  585-637.  In  J.  Piveteau  (ed.),  Traite  de  Paleontology. 

Tome  VI,  1  (Mammiferes).  Paris,  Masson  and  Cie. 
Plane,  M.  D.  1967.  Two  new  diprotodontids  from  the  Pliocene  Otibanda  Formation,  New 

Guinea.  Bull.  Bur.  Miner.  Resour.  Geol.  Geophys.  Austral.,  85:  105-128. 
1976.  The  occurrence  of  Thylacinus  in  Tertiary  rocks  from  Papua,  New 

Guinea.  J.  Austral.  Geol.  Geoph.,  1(1):  78-79. 
PococK,  R.  1.  1926.  The  external  characters  of  Thylacinus,  Sarcophilus,  and  some  related 

marsupials.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  for  1926:  1037-1084. 
PoEPPiG,  E.  1835.  Uber  den  Cucurrito  Chile's  {Psammoryctes  nodivagus,  Popp.).  Archiv.  fiir 

Naturgesch.,  Berlin,  1(2):  252. 
Prosch,  V.  1849.  Nogle  nye  Cephalopoder.  Dansk.  Vidensk.  Selsk.  Skrafter,  Copenha- 
gen, 1:  53-72. 
Quinet,  G.  E.  1964.  Morphologie  dentaire  des  mammiferes  eocenes  de  Dormaal.  Bull. 

Group.  Internat.  Recherch.  Sd.  Stomatol.,  7:  272-294. 
Ramsay,  E.  P.  1876.  Description  of  a  new  genus  and  species  of  rat  kangaroo  allied  to  the 

genus  Hypsiprymnus,  proposed  to  be  called  Hypsiprymnodon  moschatus.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc. 

N.S.W.,  1:  33-35. 

1881.  Notes  and  exhibits.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.S.W.,  5:  495. 

Raven,  H.  C.  1929.  "Kangaroo,"  Encyclopaedia  Britannica.  14th  ed.,  vol.  13:  254-255. 
Ray,  J.  1693.  Synopsis  methodica  animalium  quadrupedum  et  serpentini  Generis.  8°  Lon- 
don. 
Reichenow,  a.  1886.  Bericht  iiber  die  Leistungen  in  der  Naturgeschichte  der  Saugethiere 

wahrend  des  Jahres  1885.  Archiv.  Naturgesch.,  2:  97-232. 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  51 

Reid,  j.  1837.  Description  of  a  new  species  of  the  genus  Perameles  (P.  lagotis).  Proc.  Zool. 

Soc.  London,  for  1836,  129-131. 
Reig,  O.  a.  1952.  Descripd6n  previa  de  nuevos  ungulados  y  marsupiales  fdsiles  del 

Pliocene  y  del  Eocuartario  argentinos.  Rev.  Mus.  Munic.  Nat.  Mar  del  Plata,  1: 119-129. 
1955a.  Noticia  preliminar  sobre  la  presenda  de  microbiotherinos  vivientes 

en  la  fauna  sudamericana.  Invest.  Zool.  Chilenas,  2(8):  121-130. 

1955b.  Un  nuevo  genero  y  espede  de  cenolestinos  del  Plioceno  de  la  Provin- 


da  de  Buenos  Aires  (Repiiblica  Argentina).  Rev.  Assoc.  Geol.  Argent.,  10:  60-71. 

1957a.  Sobre  la  posidon  sistematica  de  Zygolestes  paranensis  Amegh.  y  de 


Zygolestes  entrerrianus  Amegh.,  con  una  reconsideradon  sobre  la  edad  y  la  correladon  del 
Mesopotamiense.  Holmbergja,  5:  209-226. 

1957b.    Nota   previa  sobre  los  marsupiales  de  la  formadon  Chasicb. 


Ameghiniana,  1(3):  27-31. 

1958a.  Notas  para  una  actualizaddn  del  conodmiento  de  la  fauna  de  la 


formaddn  Chapadmalal.  I.  Lista  faunistica  preliminar.  Acta  geol.  Lilloana,  2:  241-253. 
1958b.  Notas  para  una  actualizadon  del  conodmeinto  de  la  fauna  de  la 


formadon  Chapadmalal,  II.  Amphibia,  Reptilia,  Aves,  Mammalia  (Marsupialia:  Didel- 
phidae,  Borhyaenidae).  Acta  geol.  Lilloana,  2:  255-283. 

Reig,  O.  A.,  andG.  G.  Simpson.  1972.  Sparassoa/nus  (Marsupialia,  Didelphidae),  a  pecul- 
iar mammal  from  the  late  Cenozoic  of  Argentina.  J.  Zool.,  London,  for  1972,  167:  511- 
539. 

Reig,  O.  A..  A.  L.  Gardner,  N.  O.  Bianchi,  and  J.  L.  Patton.  1977.  The  chromosomes  of 
the  Didelphidae  (Marsupialia)  and  their  evolutionary  significance.  Biol.  J.  Linn.  Soc., 
London,  9(2):  191-216. 

Reig,  O.  A.,  J.  A.  W.  Kirsch,  and  L.  G.  Marshall.  In  prep.  Systematic  relationships  of 
extant  and  Neocenozoic  didelphoid  marsupials. 

Rich,  T.  H.,  and  M.  Archer.  1979.  Namilamadeta  snideri,  a  new  diprotodontan  (Mar- 
supialia, Vombatoidea)  from  the  medial  Miocene  of  South  Australia.  Alcheringa,  3: 
197-208. 

Rich,  T.  H.,  M.  Archer  and  R.  H.  Tedford.  1978.  Raemeotherium  yatkolai.  gen  et  sp.  nov., 
a  primitive  diprotodontid  from  the  medial  Miocene  of  South  Australia.  Mem.  Nat.  Mus. 
Vict.,  39:  85-91. 

Richardson,  B.  j.  and  G.  B.  Sharman.  1976.  Biochemical  and  morphological  observa- 
tions on  the  wallaroos  (Macropodidae:  Marsupialia)  with  a  suggested  new  taxonomy.  J. 
Zool.,  Lond.,  179:  499-513. 

Ride,  W.  D.  L.  1957.  Protemnodon  parma  (Waterhouse)  and  the  classification  of  related 
Wallabies  (Protemnodon,  Thylogale  and  Setonix).  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  128:  327-346. 

l%2a.  On  the  evolution  of  Australian  marsupials,  pp.  281-306.  In  G.  W. 

Leeper  (ed.).  The  Evolution  of  Living  Organisms,  459  pp.  Melbourne,  Melbourne  Uni- 
versity Press. 

l%2b.  On  the  use  of  generic  names  for  kangaroos  and  wallabies  (Subfamily 


Macropodinae).  Austral.  J.  Sd.,  24(9):  367-372. 

1963.  The  effect  of  the  suppression  by  the  international  commission  on 


zoological  nomenclature  Zimmerman  1777  upon  the  stability  of  the  generic  name  Mac- 
ropus  Shaw,  1790.  j.  Roy.  Soc.  West.  Austi-al.,  46(4):  126-128. 

1964a.  A  review  of  Australian  fossil  marsupials,  j.  Roy.  Soc.  West.  Austral., 


47(4):  97-131. 

1964b.  A  list  of  mammals  described  from  Australia  between  the  years  1933 


and  1963.  Austral.  Mammal.  Soc.  Bull.,  Suppl.,  7:  1-15. 

1970.  A  guide  to  the  Native  Mammals  of  Australia.  Melbourne,  Oxford 


University  Press,  xiv  +  249  pp. 
Riggs,  E.  S.  1933.  Preliminary  description  of  a  new  marsupial  saber-tooth  from  the 

Pliocene  of  Argentina.  Field  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Geol.  Ser.,  6:  61-66. 
RiNGUELET,  A.  B.  DE.  1953.  Revisi6n  de  los  didelfidos  fdsiles  argentinos.  Rev.  Mus.  Eva 

Peron,  La  Plata,  n.s.,  3:  265-308. 


52  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

Roger,  O.  1896.  Verzeichnis  der  bisher  bekannten  fossilen  Saugethiere.  New  Zusam- 

mengestellt  von  Dr.  Otto  Roger.  (I.  Theil).  Ber.  Naturw.  Ver.  Schwaben.  u.  Neuburg, 

32:  1-40. 
Roth,  S.  1903.  Noticias  sobre  nuevos  mamiferos  fosiles  del  Cretaceo  superior  y  Terciario 

inferior  de  la  Patagonia.  Rev.  Mus.  La  Plata,  11:  133-158. 
Rothschild,  W.  1903.  Preliminary  diagnosis  of  a  new  genus  and  spedes  of  kangaroo. 

Novit.  Zool.  London,  10:  414. 
Russell,  E.  M.  1974.  The  biology  of  Kangaroos  (Marsupialia-Macropodidae).  Mammal. 

Rev.,  4(1-2):  1-59. 
Sanborn,  C.  C.  1951.  Two  new  mammals  from  southern  Peru.  Fieldiana:  Zoology, 

31(1951):  473-477. 
Sanderson,  I.  T.  1949.  A  brief  review  of  the  mammals  of  Suriname  (Dutch  Guiana),  based 

upon  a  collection  made  in  1938.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  119:  755-789. 
Sauvage,  H.  E.  1870.  Des  Poissons  Tertiaires  de  Licata  (Sicile).  Ann.  Sd.  Nat.  (Paris)  Zool. 

et.,  Paleont.  ser.  5,  14(7):  1-26. 
Schlegel,  H.  and  S.  Muller.  1842.  Over  drie  Buiteldieren  (Dendrolagus  ursinus,  D.  inus- 

tus,  Dorcopsis  brunii)  uit  de  familie  der  Kengoeroes.  Verhand.  over  de  Natuurl.  Gesch.  d. 

Nederland.  overzee.  Bezitt.  Zool.  Mamm.  Leiden,  I.  Buideldier  Fam.  Kengoero's  129- 

148. 
ScHMiD,  K.  1818.  Naturhistorische  Beschreibung  der  Saugethiere.  Miinchen,  Im  Verlage 

der  Lithographischen  Kunst-Anstalt,  192  pp. 
ScHREBER,  J.  C.  D.  von.  1778.  Die  Saugethiere  in  Abbildungen  nach  der  Natur.,  mit 

Beschreibungen.  Erlangen,  936  pp.  (1775-1792). 
Sharman,  G.  B.  1961.  The  mitotic  chromosomes  of  marsupials  and  their  bearing  on 

taxonomy  and  phylogeny.  Austral.  J.  Zool.,  9:  38-60. 
1973.  The  chromosomes  of  non-Eutherian  mammals,  pp.  485-530.  In  A.  B. 

Chiarelli  and  E.  Capanno  (eds.),  Cytotaxonomy  and  Vertebrate  Evolution,  783  pp.  Lon- 
don, Academic  Press. 

1974.  Marsupial  taxonomy  and  phylogeny.  Austral.  Mammalogy,  1:  137- 


154. 
Shaw,  G.  and  F.  P.  Nodder.  1790.  The  naturalists  miscellany:  or  coloured  figures  of 

natural  objects;  drawn  and  described  immediately  from  nature,  vol  1.  London,  Rodder 

and  Co.,  1789-1813,  12  vols. 
1791.  The  naturalists  miscellany:  or  coloured  figures  of  natural  objects; 

drawn  and  described  immediately  from  nature,  vol.  2.  London,  Rodder  and  Co.,  1789- 

1813,  12  vols. 
SiGE,  B.   1971.   Les  Didelphoidea  de  Laguna  Umayo  (formation  Vilquechio,   Cretace 

superieur,  Perou),  et  le  peuplement  marsupial  d'Amerique  du  Sud.  Comp.  Rend.  Acad. 

Sd.,  Paris,  273:  2479-2481. 
1972.  La  faunule  de  mammiferes  du  Cretace  superieur  de  Laguna  Umayo 

(Andes  peruviennes).  Bull.  Mus.  Hist.  Nat.,  Paris,  ser  3,  no.  99,  Sd.  de  la  Terre,  19: 

375-409. 
Simpson,  G.  G.  1927a.  Mammalian  fauna  of  the  Hell  Creek  formation  of  Montana.  Am. 

Mus.  Novit.,  267:  1-7. 
1927b.  Mesozoic  Mammalia.  8.  Genera  of  Lance  mammals  other  than  mul- 

tituberculates.  Am.  J.  Sd.,  ser.  5,  14:  121-130. 

1928.  Affinities  of  the  Polydolopidae.  Am.  Mus.  Novit.,  323: 1-13. 

1929.  American  Mesozoic  Mammalia.  Mem.  Peabody  Mus.,  Yale  Univ., 


3(1):  1-171,  32  pis. 

1930.  Post-Mesozoic  Marsupialia.  In  Fossilium  Catalogus.  1:  Animalia,  pp. 


1-87.  Beriin,  W.  Junk,  Pt.  47. 

..  1932.  Some  new  or  little-known  marsupials  from  the  "Colpodon"  beds  of 


Patagonia.  Am.  Mus.  Novit.,  575:  1-12. 

1933.  The  "plagiaulacoid"  type  of  mammalian  dentition.  A  study  of  con- 


vergence. J.  Mammal.,  14:  97-107. 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIAUA  53 

1935a.  Descriptions  of  the  oldest  known  South  American  mammals,  from 

the  Rio  Chico  Formation.  Am.  Mus.  Novit.,  793:  1-25. 

1935b.  Note  on  the  classification  of  recent  and  fossil  opossums.  J.  Mammal., 


16(2):  134-137. 

1938.  A  new  marsupial  from  the  Eocene  of  Patagonia.  Am.  Mus.  Novit., 


999: 1-5. 


398. 


1939.  The  development  of  marsupials  in  South  America.  Physis,  14:  373- 


1941.  The  affinities  of  the  Borhyaenidae.  Am.  Mus.  Novit.,  1118: 1-6. 

1945.  The  principles  of  classification  and  a  classification  of  mammals.  Bull. 

Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  85:  1-350. 

1947.  A  new  Eocene  marsupial  from  Brazil.  Am.  Mus.  Novit.,  1357: 1-7. 

1948.  The  beginning  of  the  Age  of  Mammals  in  South  America.  Bull.  Am. 


Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  91:  1-232. 

1%7.  The  beginning  of  the  Age  of  Mammals  in  South  America.  Part  II.  Bull. 


Am.  Nat.  Hist.,  137:  1-259. 

1970a.  The  Argyrolagidae,  extinct  South  American  Marsupials.  Bull.  Mus. 


Comp.  Zool.,  139:  1-86. 

1970b.  Mammals  from  the  early  Cenozoic  of  Chubut,  Argentina.  Breviora, 


360: 1-13. 

1970c.  Additions  to  knowledge  of  the  Argyrolagidae  (Mammalia,  Mar- 


supialia)  from  the  late  Cenozoic  of  Argentina.  Breviora,  361: 1-9. 

..  1970d.  Addition  to  knowledge  of  Groeberia  (Mammalia,  Marsupialia)  from 


the  Mid-Cenozoic  of  Argentina.  Breviora,  362: 1-17. 

..  1971.  The  evolution  of  marsupials  in  South  America.  An.  Acad.  Brasil. 


Gene,  43: 103-118. 

..  1974.  Notes  on  Didelphidae  (Mammalia,  Marsupialia)  from  the  Huayque- 


rian  (Pliocene)  of  Argentina.  Am.  Mus.  Novit.,  2559: 1-15. 
Sinclair,  W.  j.  1906.  Mammalia  of  the  Santa  Cruz  beds:  Marsupialia.  Rept.  Princeton 

Univ.  Exped.  Patagonia,  4(3):  333-460. 
Slaughter,  B.  H.  1968a.  Earliest  known  marsupials.  Science,  162:  254-255. 

1968b.  Holoclemensia  instead  of  Clemensia.  Science,  162: 1306. 

1978.  Occurrence  of  didelphine  marsupials  from  the  Eocene  and  Miocene  of 

the  Texas  Gulf  coastal  plain,  j.  Paleont.,  52(3):  744-746. 

Smith,  j.  1612.  A  map  of  Virginia.  Oxford,  printed  by  Joseph  Barnes. 

Smhth  Wtx>DWARD,  A.  1898.  Outlines  of  vertebrate  paleontology  for  students  of  zoology. 
Cambridge  University  Press,  xxiv  +  470  pp. 

Spencer,  B.  18%.  Mammalia  of  the  Horn  Expedition.  Report  Horn  Exped.  Centr.  Au- 
stralia, II.  Zoology,  52  pp. 

1901.  A  description  of  Wynyardia  bassiana,  a  fossil  marsupial  from  the  Ter- 
tiary beds  of  Table  Cape,  Tasmania.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  for  1900,  776-794. 

Stade,  H.  1557.  Hans  Stadens  Warhafftig  Historia  und  beschreibung  einer  landtschafft  der 
Wilden,  Nacketen,  Grimmigen,  Menschfresser  Leuthen  in  der  New  Welt  America  ge- 
legen.  Frankfurt,  Chap.  32. 

Stein,  G.  1932.  8)  Einige  neue  Beuteltiere  aus  Neguinea.  Zeitschr.  fiir  Saugetier.,  Berlin,  8: 

254-257. 

1933.  Weitere  Mitteilungen  Zur  Systematik  papuanischer  Sauger.  Zeitschr. 

fvir  Saugetier.,  8(14):  87-95. 

Stephenson,  N.  G.  1963.  Growth  gradients  among  fossil  monotremes  and  marsupials. 
Paleontology,  6:  615-624. 

Stirling,  E.  C.  1889.  No  title.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  South  Austral.,  12: 158. 

1891.  Description  of  a  new  genus  and  species  of  Marsupialia,  Notoryctes 

typhhps.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  South  Austral.,  14:  154-187. 


54  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

Stirton,  R.  a.  1955.  Late  Tertiary  marsupials  from  South  Australia.  Rec  South  AustraL 

Mus.,  11:  247-268. 
1957a.  Tertiary  marsupials  from  Victoria,  Australia.  Mem.  Nat.  Mus.  Vict., 

21: 121-134. 
1957b.  A  new  koala  from  the  Pliocene  Palankarinna  fauna  of  South  Au- 


stralia. Rec.  South  Aush-al.  Mus.,  13:  71-81. 

..  1963.  A  review  of  the  macropodid  genus  Protemnodon.  Univ.  Calif.  Publ. 


Geol.  Sd.,  44(2):  97-162. 

..  1967a.  The  Diprotodontidae  from  the  Ngapakaldi  fauna.  South  Australia. 


Bull.  Bur.  Miner.  Resour.  Geol.  Geophys.  Austral.  85:  1-44. 

..  1967b.  A  diprotodontid  from  the  Miocene  Kutjamarpu  fauna.  South  Aus- 


tralia. Bull.  Bur.  Miner.  Resour.  Geol.  Geophys.  Austral.,  85:  45-51. 
Stirton,  R.  A.,  R.  H.  Tedford,  and  M.  O.  Woodburne.  1967.  A  new  Tertiary  formation 

and  fauna  from  the  Tirari  Desert,  South  Australia.  Rec.  South  Austral.  Mus.,  15:  427- 

462. 
Stirton,  R.  A.,  M.  O.  Woodburne,  and  M.  D.  Plane.  1967.  A  phylogeny  of  the  Tertiary 

Diprotodontidae  and  its  significance  in  correlation.  Bull.  Bur.  Miner.  Resour.  Geol. 

Geophys.  Austral.,  85:  149-160. 
Stoll,  N.  R.,  et  al.  1961,  1964.  International  Code  of  Zoological  Nomenclature  Adopted 

by  the  XV  International  Congress  of  Zoology.  London,  International  Trust  for  Zoological 

Nomenclature. 
Stonehouse,  B.  and  D.  Gilmore.  1977.  In  B.  Stonehouse  and  D.  Gilmore  (eds.).  The 

Biology  of  Marsupials.  Biology  and  Environment  Series,  486  pp.  London,  University 

Park  Press. 
Storr,  G.  C.  C.  1780.  Prodromus  methodi  Mammalium  .  .  .  inaugural  disputationem 

propositus.  Tubingen,  Frid.  Wolffer,  43  pp. 
Stromer,  E.  1932.  Palaeonthentoides  africanus  nov.  gen.,  nov.  spec,  ein  erstes  Beuteltier  aus 

Afrika.  Sitzungsber.  math.-nat.  Abt.  Bayer  Akad.  Wiss.,  for  1931,  177-190. 
SwAiNSON,  W.  1835.  On  the  natural  history  and  classification  of  quadrupeds.  In  The 

cabinet  cyclopaedia,  conducted  by  the  Rev.  Dionysius  Lardner,  viii  +  397  pp.  London, 

Longman.  Rees,  Orme  (etc.). 
Talice,  R.,  S.  L.  de  Mosera,  and  T.  Machado.  1960.  Observadones  sobre  Monodelphis 

dimidiata.  Actas  y  trabajos  del  Primer  Congreso  Sudamericano  de  Zoologja,  IV,  149-156. 
Tate,  G.  H.  H.  1934.  New  generic  names  for  two  South  American  marsupials.  J.  Mam- 
mal., 15: 154. 
1947.  Results  of  the  Archbold  Expeditions.  No.  56.  On  the  Anatomy  and 

classification  of  the  Dasyuridae  (Marsupialia).  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  88(3):  101-155. 
..  1948a.  Results  of  the  Archbold  Expeditions.  No.  59.  Studies  on  the  anatomy 


and  phylogeny  of  the  Macropodidae  (Marsupialia).  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  91(2): 
237-351. 

1948b.   Results  of  the  Archbold  Expeditions.   No.   60.   Studies  in   the 


Peramelidae  (Marsupialia).  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  92(6):  313-346. 

1951a.  The  banded  anteater,  Myrmecobius  Waterhouse  (Marsupialia).  Am. 


Mus.  Novit.,  1521:  1-8. 

1951b.  The  wombats  (Marsupialia,  Phascolomyidae).  Am.  Mus.  Novit., 


1525: 1-18. 
Tate,  G.  H.  H.,  and  R.  Archbold.  1937.  Results  of  the  Archbold  expeditions.  No.  16. 

Some  marsupials  of  New  Guinea  and  Celebes.  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  73:  331-476. 
Tedford,  R.  H.  1966.  A  review  of  the  macropodid  genus  Sthenurus.  Univ.  Calif.  Publ. 

Geol.  Sd.,  57: 1-72. 
1967.  Fossil  mammal  remains  from  the  Tertiary  Carl  Creek  Limestone, 

north-western  Queensland.  Bull.  Bur.  Miner.  Resour.  Geol.  Geophys.  Austral.,  92: 

217-237. 
Tedford,  R.  H.,  M.  R.  Banks,  N.  R.  Kemp,  I.  McDougall,  F.  L.  Sutherland.  1975. 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  55 

Recognition  of  the  oldest  fossil  marsupials  from  Australia.  Nature,  London,  255(5504): 

141-142. 
Temminck,  C.  J.  1827.  Monographies  de  mammalogie  ou  description  de  genres  de  mammi- 

feres,  dont  les  especes  ont  ^te  observ^es  dans  les  differents  musees  de  I'eurojje.  Paris, 

Amsterdam,  vol.  1. 
Thevet,  a.  1557.  Les  singularitez  de  la  France  Antarctiqke,  avtrement  nomee  Amerique:  et 

de  plusieurs  terras  et  isles  decouvertes  de  nostre  temps.  Par  F.  Andre  Thevet,  natif 

d'Angoulesme.  A  Paris,  Chex  les  heritiers  de  Maurice  de  la  Porte. 
Thomas,  O.  1887a.  Description  of  a  second  species  of  Rabbit-Bandicoot  {Peragale).  Ann. 

Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  5th  ser.,  19:  397-399. 
__^^_^^_.  1887b.  The  homologies  and  succession  of  the  teeth  in  the  Dasyuridae,  with 

an  attempt  to  trace  the  history  of  evolution  of  mammalian  teeth  in  general.  Phil.  Trans. 

Roy.  Soc.  London,  178:  443-462. 

1887c.  On  the  wallaby  commonly  known  as  Lagorchestes  fasciatus.  Proc. 


Zool.  Soc:  London,  for  1886,  544-547. 

1887d.  On  the  sp>ecimens  of  Phascologale  in  the  Museo  Qvico,  Genoa,  with 


notes  on  the  allied  species  of  the  genus.  Ann.  Mus.  Qvico  de  Storia  Natur.,  Genova,  2 
ser.,  4:502-511. 

1888.  Catalogue  of  the  Marsupialia  and  Monotremata  in  the  collection  of  the 


British  Museum  (Natural  History).  London,  British  Museum,  401  pp. 

1894.  On  Micourcus  griseus,  Desm.,  with  the  description  of  a  new  genus  and 


species  of  Didelphidae.  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1894:  184-188. 

1895a.  Descriptions  of  four  small  mammals  from  South  America.  Including 


one  belonging  to  the  peculiar  marsupial  genus  "Hyraaxion"  Tomes.  Ann.  Mag.  Nat. 
Hist.,  (6)16:  367-370. 

1895b.  On  Caenolestes,  a  still  existing  survivor  of  the  Epanorthidae  of 


Ameghino.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  for  1895,  870-878. 

1904.  On  a  collection  of  mammals  made  by  Mr.  J.  T.  Tunney  in  Arnhem- 


land.  Northern  Territory  of  South  Australia.  Novitates  Zool.,  11:  222-229. 
1906.  On  mammals  collected  in  southwest  Australia  for  Mr.  W.  E.  Balston. 


Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  2:  468-478. 

1910a.  A  new  genus  for  Dflch//t)ps/7fl  ;«i/pfl^7r.  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  8,  6: 


610. 

1910b.  A  collection  of  mammals  from  eastern  Buenos  Ayres,  with  descrip- 


tions of  related  new  mammals  from  other  localities.  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  5(8):  239-247. 
1912.  A  new  genus  of  Opossums  and  a  new  Tuco-tuco.  Ann.  Mag.  Nat. 


Hist.,  9(8):  239-241. 

1917.  Preliminary  diagnoses  of  new  mammals  obtained  by  the  Yale- 


National  Geographic  Society  Peruvian  Expedition.  Washington,  D.C.  Smithsonian  Inst. 
Misc.  Collect.,  68(4):  1-3. 

1920a.  A  further  collection  of  mammals  from  Jujuy.  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist., 


9"  ser.  5,  1920:  188-1%. 

1920b.  On  mammals  from  Ceram.  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  9*  ser.  6,  1920: 


422-431. 

1921.  A  new  genus  of  opossum  from  Southern  Patagonia.  Ann.  Mag.  Nat. 

Hist.,  9-  ser.  8,  1921:  136-139. 

1923.  On  some  Queensland  Phalangeridae.  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  9, 11: 


246-250. 

TiEDEMANN,  F.  1808.  Zoologie.  Zu  seinen  Vorlesungen  entworfen.  1.  Allgemeine  zoologie, 
Mensch  und  Saurthiere.  Landshut,  in  der  Webersthen  Buchandlung,  610  pp. 

Tomes,  R.  F.  1860.  Notes  on  a  second  collection  of  Mammalia  made  by  Mr.  Eraser  in  the 
Republic  of  Ecuador.  Proc.  ZcwI.  Soc.  London  for  1860,  211-221. 

1863.  Notice  on  a  new  American  form  of  Marsupial.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lon- 
don for  1863,  50-51. 


56  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

Travassos,  L.  1937.  Revisao  de  familia  Trichostrongylidae  Leiper,  1921.  Monogr.  Inst. 
Oswaldo  Cruz,  Rio  de  Janeiro,  1:  1-512. 

Trevigliano,  a.  1504.  Libretto  di  tutta  la  navigatione  dei  Rei  di  Spagna,  delle  Isole  e 
Terreni  Novamente  Trovati. 

Trouessart,  E.  L.  1879.  Catalogue  des  mammiferes  vivants  et  fossiles  .  .  .  Insectivores. 
Rev.  Mag.  Zool.,  Paris,  ser.  3,  7:  219-285. 

1898.  Catalogus  Mammalian  tam  viventium  quam  fossilium.  New  ed.  Ber- 
lin, pt.  5,  665-1264. 

1904-1905.  Catalogus  Mammalian  tam  viventium  quam  fossilium.  Quin- 


quinale  supplementum,  Berlin,  2  vols.  pts.  1-2  (1904):  1-546;  pts.  3-4  (1905):  547-929. 
Troughton,  E.  1928.  A  new  genus,  species,  and  subspecies  of  marsupial  mice  (Family 

Dasyuridae).  Rec.  Austral.  Mus.,  16:  281-288. 
1957.  Furred  animals  of  Australia.  6th  ed.  Sydney,  Angus  and  Robertson, 

384  pp. 
TuRNBULL,  W.  D.  1971.  The  Trinity  Therians:  Their  bearing  in  evolution  in  marsupials  and 

other  therians,  pp.  151-179.  In  Dental  Morphology  and  Evolution,  A.  A.  Dahlberg  (ed.). 

Chicago,  The  University  of  Chicago  Press,  350  pp. 
TuRNBULL,  W.  D.  AND  E.  L.  LuNDELius,  Jr.  1970.  The  Hamilton  Fauna:  A  late  Pliocene 

Mammalian  Fauna  from  the  Grange  Burn,  Victoria,  Australia.  Fieldiana:  Geology,  19: 

1-163. 
TuRNBULL,  W.  D.  AND  F.  R.  ScHRAM.  1973.  Broom  cave  Cercartetus:  with  observations  on 

pygmy  possum  dental  morphology,  variation  and  taxonomy.  Rec.  Austral.  Mus.,  28: 

437-464. 
Tyndale-Biscoe,  H.  1973.  Life  of  Marsupials,  254  pp.  London,  Edward  Arnold  Ltd. 
Tyson,  E.  1698.  Carigueya,  seu  Marsupiale  americanum  OR  The  anatomy  of  an  opossum. 

dissected  at  Gresham  College.  Phil.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  20:  105-164. 
Valenciennes,  A.  1838.  Observations  sur  les  machoires  fossiles  des  couches  oolithiques 

de  Stonefield,  nommees  Didelphis  prevostii  et  D.  bucklandii.  C.R.  Acad.  Sci.  Paris,  7(11): 

572-580. 
Van  Deusen,  H.  M.  1963.  First  New  Guinea  record  of  Thylacinus.  J.  Mammal.,  44:  279-280. 
VicQ  d'Azyr,  F.  1792.  Systeme  anatomique  des  quadrupedes.  Encyclopedie  methodique. 

Paris. 
Wagler,  J.  G.  1830.  Natiirliches  System  der  Amphibien,  mit  vorangehender  classification 

der  Saugthiere  und  Vogel.  Miinchen,  [etc.],  J.  G.  Cotta,  1830,  340  pp. 
Wagner,  ].  A.  1843  [1855].  Schreber,  Johann  Christian  Daniel  von.  Die  Saugerthiere  in 

Abbildungen  nach  der  Natur,  mir  Beschreibungen.  Fortgesetzt  von  J.  A.  Wagner. 

Supplementband,  3  Abth.  Erlangen,  Exped.  des  Schreber' schen  Saugethier-und  des 

Esper'schen  schmetterlingswerkes.  .  .  ,  1843.  [lst-5th  Abth.,  publ.  1840-1844,  1855]. 
Waldseemuller,  M.  1516.  Cosmographiae  Introductio  [contains  World  map,  in  the  corner 

of  which  there  is  the  first  pictorial  representation  of  an  opossum]. 
Waterhouse,  G.  R.  1836.  Description  of  a  new  genus  {Myrmecobius  fasdatus)  of  mammifer- 

ous  animals  belonging  probably  to  the  order  Marsupialia.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London, 

1836(43):  69-70. 
1838.  Catalogue  of  the  Mammalia  preserved  in  the  museum  of  the  Zoologi- 
cal Society.  2nd  ed.,  London,  Richard  and  John  E.  Taylor,  68  pp. 

..  1839.  Observations  on  certain  modifications  in  the  dentition  of  the  Flying 


Opossums  (Petaurus).  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  for  1838,  149-152. 

1841.  Marsupialia  or  pouched  animals.  In  Jardine,  W.,  The  naturalist's 


library.  Edinburgh,  London,  W.  H.  Lizars  and  Henry  G.  Bohn,  11:  1-323. 

..  1846.  A  natural  history  of  the  Mammalia.  Vol.  1,  containing  the  order 


Marsupialia  or  pouched  animals,  553  pp.  London,  Hippolyte  Balliere. 
Weber,  M.  1928.  Die  Saugetiere.  Jena,  Gustav  Fischer,  vol.  1,  Anatomischer  Teil  (1927, 
with  coUaberahon  of  H.  M.  de  Burlet),  xv  -I-  444  pp.;  vol.  2,  Systematischer  Teil  (1928, 
with  collaberation  of  Othenio  Abel),  xxiv  -I-  898  pp. 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA  57 

Weigelt,  j.  1933.  Neue  Primaten  aus  der  mitteleozanen  (oberiutetischen)  Braunkohle  des 

Geiseltals.  Nova  Acta  Leoptildina,  n.s.,  1:  97-156. 
Wendt,  H.  1968.  Before  the  Deluge,  419  pp.  New  York,  Doubleday  and  Co.,  Inc. 
Westwood,  j.  O.  1840.  An  introduction  to  the  modern  classification  of  insects.  London, 

Langman,  Onne,  Brown,  Green  and  Longmans,  1839-1840,  2  vols. 
Whitley,  G.  P.  1966.  Some  early  references  to  the  extinct  marsupial,  Zygomaturus.  Austral. 

Zool.,  13:  228-230. 
WiECMANN,  A.  F.  A.  VON.  1832.  Page  52.  hi  A.  F.  A.  von  Wiegmann  and  J.  F.  Ruthe  (eds.), 

Handbuch  der  ZtxMogje,  pp.  vi-621.  Berlin. 
Wince,  H.  1893.  Jordfunde  og  nulevende  Pungdyr  (Marsupialia)  fra  Lagoa  Santa,  Minas 

Geraes,  Brasilien.  Med.  Udsigt  over  Pungdyrenes  Slaegtskab.  E.  Mus.  Lundii,  11(2): 

1-149. 
1923.    Pattedyr — Slaegter.    I.    Monotremata,    Marsupialia,    Insectivora, 

Chiroptera,  Edentata.  Copenhagen,  viii  +  360  pp.  Ill  pis.  (English  Translation:  "The 

Interrelationships  of  the  Mammalian  Genera."  Copenhagen,  3  vols.  [1941-1942].  Transl. 

by  E.  Deichmann  and  G.  M.  Allen). 

Woodburne,  M.  O.  l%7a.  Three  new  diprotixlontids  from  the  Tertiary  of  the  Northern 
Territory,  Australia.  Bull.  Bur.  Miner.  Resour.  Geol.  Geophys.  Austral.,  85:  53-103. 

l%7b.  The  Alccwla  fauna.  Central  Australia.  An  integrated  palaeontological 

and  geological  study.  Bull.  Bur.  Miner.  Res.  Geol.  Geophys.  Austral.,  87:  1-187. 

Woodburne,  M.  O.  and  R.  H.  Tedford.  1975.  The  first  Tertiary  Monotreme  from  Aus- 
tralia. Am.  Mus.  Novit.,  2588:  1-11. 

WooDS-jONES,  F.  1923.  The  Mammals  of  South  Australia.  Adelaide,  Govt.  Ptint.,  458  pp. 

1931.  A  re-examination  of  the  skeletal  characters  of  Wynyardia  bassiana,  an 

extinct  Tasmanian  marsupial.  Pap.  &  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Tasmania,  1930:  %-115. 

Woods,  j.  T.  1960.  The  genera  Proplcopus  and  Hypsiprymnodon  and  their  position  in  the 
Macropodidae.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  13:  199-212. 

Yepes,  j.  1972.  Clase  IX.  Los  Mamiferos  (Mammalia),  hi  L.  Cendrero  (ed.),  Zoologia  His- 
panoamericana,  vol.  II.  Vertebrados.  Mexico  Editorial  Pomia. 

ZiECLER,  A.  C.  1977.  Evolution  of  New  Guinea's  marsupial  fauna  in  response  to  a  forested 
environment,  pp.  117-138.  hi  B.  Stonehouse  and  D.  Gilmore  (eds.).  The  Biology  of 
Marsupials,  486  pp.  London,  University  Park  Press. 

ZiEGLER,  A.  C.  AND  W.  Z.  LiDicKER,  Jr.  1968.  Keys  to  the  genera  of  New  Guinea  Recent 
Land  Mammals.  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  4lh  ser.,  36(2):  33-71. 


INDEX  TO  TECHNICAL  NAMES 


Abderites  25 
Abderitesidae  24,  25 
Abderitidae  SSmg 
Abderitinae  25 
Abderitini  25 
Acdestis  24 
Achlysictis  23 
Acrobates  28 
Acroa/on  23 
Acrohyaenodon  23 
Aa/on  22 
Acyonidae  22 
Aqryprymnus  30 
Agustylus  22 
Ailurops  28 
Alacodon  20 
Albertatherium   19 
Alphadon  19 
Ambulatoria  27 
Amperta  26 
Amphidolops  25 
Amphiperatherium   19 
Amphiproviverra  22 
Amphiproviverridae  22 
Amphithereutes  22 
Anadolops  25 
Anatherium  22 
Angelocabrerus  23 
Anissodolops  25 
Ankotarinja  26 
Antechini  26 
Atitechinomys  26 
Antechinus  26 
Anuromeles  27 
Apera  23 
Aquiladelphis  21 
Archaeodolops  25 
Arctodictis   23 
Argyrolagidae  24 
Argyrolagoidea  17 
Argyrolagus  24 
Argyrolestes  23 
Arminiheringia  23 
Arminiheringiidae  23 
Asagis  20 
Ascogale  26 
Asyndactylia  27 

Bfl/flMh'fl  28 


Be/idews  28 
Bematherium  31 
Bettongia  30 
Bettongiinae  30 
Bettongiops  30 
Bobbschaefferia  19 
Boreodon  22 
Borhyaena  23 
Borhyaenidae  22,  23 
Borhyaenidium  22 
Borhyaeninae  22,  23 
Borhyaenoidea  17 
Boriogale  29 
Brachalletes  31 
Brachymelis  27 
Burramyidae  28 
Burramyinae  28 
Burramys  28 

Caenolestes  24 
Caenolestidae  24 
Caenolestinae  24 
Caenolestini  24 
Caenolestoidea  17 
Callomenus  24 
Caloprymnus  30 
Caluromyinae  21 
Caluromys  21 
Caluromysiops  21 
Camptomus  25 
Caroloameghinia  21 
Caroloameghiniidae  19,  21 
Caroloameghiniinae  21 
Carpophaga  18 
Cedliolemur  19 
Cedliolemuridae  19 
Cedliolemur  oidea  17 
Centracodon   19 
Ceonyx  28 
Cercaertus  28 
Cercartetus   28 
Cercoptenus  28 
Chaeropus  27 
Chaetocercus   26 
Chasicostylus  22 
Cheironectes  19 
Chironedes  19 
Chironectida  19 
Chironectidae  19 


58 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIAUA 


59 


Choeropodinae  27 
Choeropus  27 
Oadictidae  22 
Cladictis  22 
Cladoclinus  25 
Cladodidelphys  20 
Qadosictidae  22 
Cladosictinae  22 
Cladosictis  22 
Clemensia  25 
Clenia  21 
Clenialites  21 
Genialitidae  21 
Coescoes  28 

Conodonictidae  22,  23 
Conodonictis  23 
Gxma  19 
Creophaga  17 
Cryptolestes  24 
Cutca  20 
Cmscus  28 

Dactylonax  28 
Dactylopsila   28 
Dactylopsilinae  28 
Dasyuromorphia  17 
Dasycercus  26 
Dasyuridae  26 
Dasyurinae  26 
Dasyurini  26 
Dasyurinus  26 
Dasyuroidea  17 
Dasyuroides  26 
Dasyuromorphia  17 
Dasyurops  26 
Dasyurotherium  19 
Dosyurus  26 
Decastidae  24 
Decastis  24 
Delphodon  22 
Dendrodorcopsis  29 
Dendrolagina  29 
Dendrolagus  29 
Derorhynchus   19 
Diabolus  26 
Diaphorodon  22 
Diarcodon  31 
Didelphia  17 
Didelphidae  19 
Didelphidectes  20 
Didelphimorphia  17,  18 
Didelphinae  19 
Didelphini   19 
Didelphis  19 
Didelphodon  22 
Didelphodontinae  22 
Didelphops  22 
Didelphys   19 
Didelphoidea  17 
Didelphopsis  19 


Di7«/es  23 
Dimerodon  19 
Dipilus  24 
Diprotodon  31 
Diprotodontia  17 
Diprotodontidae  31 
Diprotodontinae  31 
Distoechurus   29 
Dorcopsis  29 
Dorcopsoides  29 
Dorcopsulus   29 
Dromida  28 
Dromidella  28 
Dromidob  29 
Dromidops  21 
Dytwmictis  23 

Echymipera  27 
Ectoconodon  22 
Ektopodon  28 
Ektopodontidae  28 
Entomacodon   19 
Entomophaga  17 
Eobrasilia  25 
Eodelphis  22 
Eodidelphys  21 
Eomannodon  25 
Eometatheria  17 
Epanorthidae  24 
Epanorthinae  24 
Epanorthini  24,  25 
Epanorthus  24 
Epidolops  25 
Essoprion  24 
Eucuscus  28 
Eudolops  25 
Eudromida  28 
Euawenia  31 
Euryzygoma  31 
Eutentnodus  23 

Fissuridort  29 

Gamiw  19 
Gambatherium   19 
Garzonia  24 
Garzonidae  24 
Gashtemia  25 
Gaylordia  20 
Genuina  19,  27 
Gerazoyphus  21 
Gerboides  29 
Gigantomys  29 
Glasbiinae  21 
Glasbius  21 
Glaucodon  26 
Glirina  30 
Glironia  21 
Groeberia  25 
Groeberiidae  25 


60 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


Groeberioidea  18 
Grymaeomys  20 
Guggenheimia  20 
Gymnobelideus  28 

Hadronomas  29 
Hadrorhynchus  21 
Halmadromus   24 
Halmarhiphus  24 
Halmaselus   24 
Halmaturidae  29 
Halmaturini  29 
Halmaturus  29 
Hathliacynidae  22 
Hathliacynus  22 
Hathlyacyninae  22 
Hemibelideus  28 
Hemiurus  20 
Hepoona  28 
Herpetotheriinae  19 
Herpetotherium  20 
Hesperometatheria  17 
Holoclemensia  25 
Holothylax  21 
Homunculites   25 
Hondadelphys  20 
Hyaenodonops  23 
Hyperdidelphys  20 
Hypsiprymni  30 
Hypsiprymnidae  30 
Hypsiprymnodon  30 
Hypsiprymnodontidae  30 
Hypsiprymnodontinae  30 
Hj^siprymnodontini  30 
Hypsiprymnoidea  29 
Hypsiprymnus  30 
Hyracodon  24 

Ictioborus  22 
Ideodelphys  25 
Ischnodon  27 
Ischyrodidelphis  22 
Isoodon  27 

Kangeroidae  29 
Kangurus  29 
Keeuna  26 
Koa/fl  32 
Koalemus  31 
Koalidae  31 
Kolopsis  31 
Kolopsoides  31 
KooiJor  31 

Lagorchestes  29 
Lagostrophus  29 
Lasiorhinus  30 
Leptosiagon  29 
Lestodelphys  20 
Lestoros  24 


Leucodelphis  19 
Leucodidelphys  19 
Lipura  32 
Lipurus  32 
Litokoala  31 
Lutreolina  20 
Lycopsis  23 

Macropidae  29 
Macropodidae  29 
Macropodinae  29 
Macropodineae  29 
Macropodini  29 
Macropus  29 
Macrotis  27 
Mallodelphys  21 
Mannodon  25 
Marmosa  20 
Marmosops  20 
Marmosopsis   20 
Marsupialia  17 
Marsupiata  17 
Marsupicarnivora  17 
Marsupidae  27,  29 
Marsupionta  27,  29 
Megaleia  29 
Memina   19 
Meniscolophus  31 
Metacherius  21 
Metachirops  21 
Metachirus  20 
Metaepanorthus  24 
Metriodromus  24 
Micoureus  20 
Micrabderites  25 
Microbiotheria  17 
Microbiotheridion  21 
Microbiotheriidae  21 
Microbiotheriinae  21 
Microbiotherium  21 
Microdelphys  20 
Microperorydes  27 
Microtarsioides  19 
Microtragulidae  24 
Microtragulus  24 
Mitnoperadectes  20 
Minuania  20 
Minusculodelphis  20 
Mirandaia  20 
Mirandatherium  20 
Monodelphia  11 
Monodelphidae  19 
Monodelphiops  20 
Monodelphis   20 
Monodelphopsis  20 
Morodactylus   32 
Murexia   26 
Myoictis   26 
Myrmecobiidae  27 
Myrmecobiinae  27 


MARSHALL:  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIAUA 


61 


Myrmecobius  27 

Namilamadeta  32 
Nanodelphys  20 
Napodonictis  23 
Nasira  26 
Necrolestes  15 
Neorolestidae  15 
Necrolestoidea  15 
Nemolesles  23 
Neohelos  31 
Neophascogale  26 
Neoryctes  17 
Ngapakaldia  31 
Ningaui  26 
Notictis  22 
Notodonus  26 
Notoa/nus  22 
Notodelphxfs  20 
Notogale  22 
Notogogus  20 
Notoryctemorphia  17 
Noton/cies  17 
Notoryctidae  27 
Notoryctoidea  18 
Notosmilus  23 
Nototheriidae  31 
Nototheriinae  31 
Nototherium  31 

Oligobiotherium  21 
Onychogalea  29 
Opossina  19,  26,  27 
Opossum  19 
Omoryctes  17 
Orolestes  24 
Orthodohps  25 
Osphranter  29 
Ouvnia  31 
Oxygomphius   19 

Pachybiotherium  20 
Pachysiagon  30 
Palaeopetaurus  28 
Palaeothentes  24 
Palaeothentidae  24 
Palaeothentinae  24 
Pabeothentoides  33„„ 
Palaepanorthus  24 
Pabrchestes  31 
Palorchestidae  31 
Palorchestinae  31 
Parabderites  25 
Parabderitini  25 
Paraa/on  27 
Paradidelphys  20 
Paraepanorthus  25 
Paragalia  27 
Parahyaenodon  23 
Parantechinus  26 


Parhalmarhiphus  24 
Pfl/CTi^  22 

Paudtuberculata  17 
Pedimana  18 
Pediomyidae  21 
Pediomyinae  21 
Pediomys  21 
Peradectes  20 
Peradectini  19 
Peradorcas  29 
Peragale  27 
Peralopex  27 
Peramelemorphia  17 
Perameles  27 
Peramelidae  27 
Peramelina  17,  18,  27 
Peramelinae  27 
Perameloidea  18 
Peramys   20 
Perathereutes  22 
Peratherium   20 
Perazoyphium   21 
Perikoala   32 
Peroryctes   27 
Petaurella  28 
Petauridae  28 
Petaurina  28 
Petaurinae  28 
Petaurista  28 
Petauroides  28 
Petaurula  28 
Petaurus  28 
Petaurusideae  28 
Petrogale  29 
Petropseudes  28 
Phalanger  28 
Phalangeridae  27 
Phalangerinae  27 
Phalangeroidea  18 
Phalangista  28 
Phalangistadae  27 
Phalangistidae  27 
Pharsophorus   23 
Phascogale  26 
Phascogalina  26 
Phascogalinae  26 
Phascolagus  29 
Phascolarctidae  31 
Phascolarctinae  31 
Phascolarctos  32 
Phascolictis  26 
Phascologale  26 
Phascolomidae  30 
Phascohmis  30 
Phascolomyda  18,  30 
Phascolomyidae  30 
Phascolonus  30 
Phascolosorex  26 
Philander  21 
Phonocdromus  22,  24 


62 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


Pichipilini  24 
Pichipilus  24 
Pilchenia  25 
Pitheculites  25 
Pitikantia  31 
Plaisiodon  31 
Planigale  26 
Pleopodidae  30 
Pleopus  30 
Plesiofelis   23 
Pliodolops   25 
Pliolestes  24 
Podabrus   26 
Polydolopidae  25 
Polydolopoidea  18 
Polydolops   25 
Polyprotodontia  17 
Potamotelses  25 
Potoridae  29,  30 
Potoroidae  30 
Potoroinae  30 
Potoroini  30 
Potoroops  30 
Potorous  30 
Prepanorthus  25 
Prionotemnus  29 
Proborhyaena  23 
Proborhyaenidae  22,  23 
Proborhyaeninae  23 
Procladosictis  22 
Procoptodon  30 
Prodidelphys  21 
Progarzonia  25 
Promysopidae  25 
Promysops  25 
Pronotoryctidae  18 
Properamelidae  18 
Propleopus  30 
Propolymastodon  25 
Protemnodon  29 
Protemnodontidae  29 
Proteodidelphys  21 
Prothylacocyon  23 
Prothylacynidae  22,  23 
Prothylacyninae  23 
Prothylaajnus  23 
Protodidelphis  21 
Protolambda  21 
Protoproviverra  22 
Psammoryctes  27 
Pseudantechinus  26 
Pseudhalmarhiphus  24 
Pseudoborhyaerta  23 
Pseudocheirinae  28 
Pseudocheirops  28 
Pseudocheirus  28 
Pseudochirini  28 
Pseudochirulus  28 
Pseudonotictis  22 
Pseudokoala  28 


Pseudolops  25 
Pseudolycopsis  23 
Pseudothylaa/nus  23 
Psilogrammurus  28 
PhVofMS  28 
Pyramios  31 

Qwica  20 

Ramsayia  30 
Raemeotherium  31 
Rhizophaga  18 
Rhizophascolonus  30 
Rhyncholestes  24 
Rhynchomeles  27 

Sarcophilinae  26 
Sarcophilini  26 
Sarcophilus  26 
Sarigua  19 
Satanellus  26 
Scansoridae  19 
Sceparnodon  30 
Schaefferia  19 
Schoinobates  28 
Setonix  29 
Seumadia  25 
Simoprosopus  31 
Simosthenurus  30 
Sipalus  28 
Stninthopsis  26 
Sipalocyon  22 
Sparassocyninae  21 
Sparassocynus  21 
Sparassodonta  17 
Sparassodontidae  22,  23 
Spilocuscus  28 
Stagodon  22 
Stagodontidae  22 
Stembergia  21 
Sthenomerus  31 
Sthenuridae  30 
Sthenurinae  30 
Sthenurini  30 
Sthenurus  30 
Stictophonus  26 
Stilotherium  24 
Strigocuscus  28 
Stylocynus  23 
Stylognathus  22 
Suillomeles  27 
Synaptodon   29 
Synconodon  21 
Syndactylina  27 

Tflpofl  26 
Tarsipedidae  30 
Tarsipedides  30 
Tarsipedina  30 
Tarsipedinae  30 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIAUA 


63 


Tarsipedoidea  18 
Tarsipes  30 
Thalacomys  27 
Thiaeodon  22 
Thlaeodontidae  22 
Thlaecxlontinae  22 
Thyladnidae  27 
Thyladninae  27 
Thyladnus  27 
Tftykds  27 
Thyiacodon  20 
ThylacodicHs  22 
Thylacoleo  31 
Thylacoleonidae  31 
Thylacoleontidae  31 
Thylacomyidae  27 
Thylacomyinae  27 
Thxflacomys  27 
Thylacopardus  31 
Thylacosmilidae  23 
Thylacosmilinae  23 
Thylacosmilus  24 
Thylacolherium   19 
Thykq/nus  27 
Thylamys  21 
Thylatheridium  21 
Thylax  27 
Tfiylogale  29 
Thylophorops  21 
Tidaeus  25 
TiifeMS  25 


Trichosuridae  27 
Trichosurinae  28 
Trichosurus  28 
Trichurus  28 
Tnc/is  30 
Troposodon  29 
Tydeus  25 

Ursinus  26 

Vombatidae  30 
Vombatoidea  18 
Vomlwfus  30 

Wflhw/aroo  29 
WflAa/«)  31 
Wakamatha  26 
Wfl//flWfl  29 
Womiwfu/fl  30 
Wynyardia  32 
Wynyardiidae  32 
Wynyardioidea  18 
Wyulda  28 

Xenochints  28 
Xenodelphis  20 

Zygolestes  21 
Zygomaturinae  31 
Zygomaturus  31 


INDEX  TO  VERNACULAR  NAMES 


Achocaya  20 
Antechinus  26 

Banded  hare-wallaby  29 
Bandicoot  27 

barred  27 

brown  27 

long-nosed  27 

pig-footed  27 

rabbit-eared  27 

rufous  spiny  27 

short-nosed  27 
Barred  bandicoot  27 
Bettong  30 

rufous  30 
Bilby  27 

Black  four-eyed  opossum  21 
Black-shouldered  opossum  21 
Black  wallaby  29 
Boodie  30 
Brown  bandicoot  27 
Brown  four-eyed  opossum  20 
Brush-tailed  possum  28 
Brushy-tailed  opossum  21 

Chilean  opossum-rat  24 
Chuditch  26 
Comadreja  Colorada  20 
Common  opossum  19 
Common  wombat  30 
Cuscus  28 

Dalgyte  27 

Desert  rat-kangaroo  30 
Dibbler  26 
Dormouse  29 
Dunnart  26 

Euro  29 

Feather-tail  glider  28 
Four-eyed,  pouched  opossum  21 
Four-eyed,  pouchless  opossum  20 

Gray  four-eyed  opossum  21 
Glider  28 

feather-tail  28 

greater  28 

squirrel  28 


sugar  28 

yellow-bellied  28 
Gray  kangaroo  29 
Greater  glider  28 

Hairy-nosed  wombat  30 
Hare-wallaby  29 
Honey  possum  30 

Kangaroo  29,  30 

desert  rat  30 

gray  29 

musky  rat  30 

plains  rat  30 

rat  30 

red  29 

rufous  rat  30 

tree  29 
Koala  32 
Kowari  26 
Kultarr  26 

Large  murine  opossum  20 
Leadbeater's  possum  28 
Little  rock  wallaby  29 
Long-nosed  bandicoot  27 

Mardo  26 
Marl  27 

Marsupial  "lion"  31 
Marsupial  "mole"  27 
Monito  del  Monte  21 
Mountain  pygmy  possum  28 
Mulgara  26 
Murine  opossum  20 
Musky-rat  kangaroo  30 

Nailtail  wallaby  29 
Naked-nosed  wombat  30 
Native  "cat"  26 
Ningaui  26 
Noolbenger  30 
Numbat  27 

Opossum  3n,  19,  20,  21 
black  four-eyed  21 
black-shouldered  21 
brown  four-eyed  20 
bushy-tailed  21 


i 


i 


64 


MARSHALL:  FAMIUES  AND  GENERA  OF  MARSUPIALIA 


65 


Opossum — Cont. 

common  19 

four-eyed,  pouched  21 

four-eyed,  pouchless  20 

gray  four-eyed  21 

large  murine  20 

murine  20 

Patagonian  20 

pouched  four-eyed  21 

pouchless  four-eyed  20 

rat  24 

small  murine  21 

thick-tailed  20 

water  19 

woolly  21 
Opossum-rat  24 

Chilean  24 
Opossums   19 

Pademelon   29 
Patagonian  opossum  20 
Pen-tailed  possum  29 
Phascogale  26 
Pig-footed  bandicoot  27 
Plains  rat,  kangaroo  30 
Planigale  26 
Possum  3„,  28,  29,  30 

brush-tailed  28 

honey  30 

leadbeater's  28 

mountain  pygmy  28 

pen-tailed  29 

pygmy  29 

ringtail  28 

scaly-tailed  28 

striped  28 
Potoroo  30 

Pouched  four-eyed  opossum  21 
Pouchless  four-eyed  opossum  20 
Pygmy  possum  29 

Quenda  27 
Quokka  29 
Quoll  26 

Rabbit-eared  bandicoot  27 
Rat-kangaroo  30 
Rat  o|x>ssum  24 
Red  kangaroo  29 


Ringtail  possum  28 
Rock-wallaby  29 
Rufous  bettong  30 
Rufous  spiny  bandicoot  27 
Rufous-rat  kangaroo  30 

Sataneilus  26 
Scaly-tailed  possum  28 
Short-nosed  bandicoot  27 
Short-tailed  opossum  20 
Small  murine  opossum  21 
Squirrel  glider  28 
Striped  possum  28 
Sugar  glider  28 
Swamp  wallaby  29 

Tasmanian  "devil"  26 
Tasmanian  "wolf"  27 
Thick-tailed  opossum  20 
Tiger  "cat"  26 
Tree  kangaroo  29 
Tuan  26 
Tungoo  30 

Wallaby  29 

banded  hare-  29 

black  29 

hare  29 

little  rock  29 

nailtail  29 

rxKk  29 

swamp  29 
Wallaroo  29 
Wambenger  26 
Water  opossum  19 
Wintarro  27 
Woolly  opossum  21 
Wombat  30 

common  30 

hairy-nosed  30 

naked-nosed  30 
Woylie  30 
Wuhl-Wuhl  26 

Yallara  27 
Yapok  19 
Yellow-bellied  glider  28 

Zarigueya  19 


»»*^^pi^^ww 


Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Roosevelt  Road  at  Lake  Shore  Drive 
Chicago,  Illinois  60605 
(312)  922-9410